Techwizz/kernel-fxtec-pro1x
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity

[GFS2] Fix up merge of Linus' kernel into GFS2

Browse source 
This fixes up a couple of conflicts when merging up with
Linus' latest kernel. This will hopefully allow GFS2 to
be more easily merged into forthcoming -mm and FC kernels
due to the "one line per header" format now used for the
kernel headers.

Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>

Conflicts:

	include/linux/Kbuild
	include/linux/kernel.h
This commit is contained in:
Steven Whitehouse 2006-09-25 12:26:59 -04:00
commit 363e065c02
1897 changed files with 174595 additions and 66345 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

7
CREDITS
View file

@ -2384,6 +2384,13 @@ N: Thomas Molina
E: tmolina@cablespeed.com
D: bug fixes, documentation, minor hackery
N: Paul Moore
E: paul.moore@hp.com
D: NetLabel author
S: Hewlett-Packard
S: 110 Spit Brook Road
S: Nashua, NH 03062
N: James Morris
E: jmorris@namei.org
W: http://namei.org/

2
Documentation/00-INDEX
View file

@ -184,6 +184,8 @@ mtrr.txt
- how to use PPro Memory Type Range Registers to increase performance.
nbd.txt
- info on a TCP implementation of a network block device.
netlabel/
- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
networking/
- directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
nfsroot.txt

7
Documentation/Changes
View file

@ -37,15 +37,14 @@ o e2fsprogs 1.29 # tune2fs
o jfsutils 1.1.3 # fsck.jfs -V
o reiserfsprogs 3.6.3 # reiserfsck -V 2>&1|grep reiserfsprogs
o xfsprogs 2.6.0 # xfs_db -V
o pcmciautils 004
o pcmcia-cs 3.1.21 # cardmgr -V
o pcmciautils 004 # pccardctl -V
o quota-tools 3.09 # quota -V
o PPP 2.4.0 # pppd --version
o isdn4k-utils 3.1pre1 # isdnctrl 2>&1|grep version
o nfs-utils 1.0.5 # showmount --version
o procps 3.2.0 # ps --version
o oprofile 0.9 # oprofiled --version
o udev 071 # udevinfo -V
o udev 081 # udevinfo -V
Kernel compilation
==================
@ -268,7 +267,7 @@ active clients.
To enable this new functionality, you need to:
mount -t nfsd nfsd /proc/fs/nfs
mount -t nfsd nfsd /proc/fs/nfsd
before running exportfs or mountd. It is recommended that all NFS
services be protected from the internet-at-large by a firewall where

12
Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
View file

@ -868,18 +868,18 @@ and other resources, etc.
<chapter id="libataExt">
<title>libata Library</title>
!Edrivers/scsi/libata-core.c
!Edrivers/ata/libata-core.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="libataInt">
<title>libata Core Internals</title>
!Idrivers/scsi/libata-core.c
!Idrivers/ata/libata-core.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="libataScsiInt">
<title>libata SCSI translation/emulation</title>
!Edrivers/scsi/libata-scsi.c
!Idrivers/scsi/libata-scsi.c
!Edrivers/ata/libata-scsi.c
!Idrivers/ata/libata-scsi.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="ataExceptions">
@ -1600,12 +1600,12 @@ and other resources, etc.
<chapter id="PiixInt">
<title>ata_piix Internals</title>
!Idrivers/scsi/ata_piix.c
!Idrivers/ata/ata_piix.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="SILInt">
<title>sata_sil Internals</title>
!Idrivers/scsi/sata_sil.c
!Idrivers/ata/sata_sil.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="libataThanks">

36
Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt
View file

@ -19,15 +19,14 @@ At the lowest level are algorithms, which register dynamically with the
API.
'Transforms' are user-instantiated objects, which maintain state, handle all
of the implementation logic (e.g. manipulating page vectors), provide an
abstraction to the underlying algorithms, and handle common logical
operations (e.g. cipher modes, HMAC for digests). However, at the user
of the implementation logic (e.g. manipulating page vectors) and provide an
abstraction to the underlying algorithms. However, at the user
level they are very simple.
Conceptually, the API layering looks like this:
[transform api] (user interface)
[transform ops] (per-type logic glue e.g. cipher.c, digest.c)
[transform ops] (per-type logic glue e.g. cipher.c, compress.c)
[algorithm api] (for registering algorithms)
The idea is to make the user interface and algorithm registration API
@ -44,22 +43,27 @@ under development.
Here's an example of how to use the API:
#include <linux/crypto.h>
#include <linux/err.h>
#include <linux/scatterlist.h>
struct scatterlist sg[2];
char result[128];
struct crypto_tfm *tfm;
struct crypto_hash *tfm;
struct hash_desc desc;
tfm = crypto_alloc_tfm("md5", 0);
if (tfm == NULL)
tfm = crypto_alloc_hash("md5", 0, CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC);
if (IS_ERR(tfm))
fail();
/* ... set up the scatterlists ... */
desc.tfm = tfm;
desc.flags = 0;
crypto_digest_init(tfm);
crypto_digest_update(tfm, &sg, 2);
crypto_digest_final(tfm, result);
if (crypto_hash_digest(&desc, &sg, 2, result))
fail();
crypto_free_tfm(tfm);
crypto_free_hash(tfm);
Many real examples are available in the regression test module (tcrypt.c).
@ -126,7 +130,7 @@ might already be working on.
BUGS
Send bug reports to:
James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@redhat.com>
@ -134,13 +138,14 @@ FURTHER INFORMATION
For further patches and various updates, including the current TODO
list, see:
http://samba.org/~jamesm/crypto/
http://gondor.apana.org.au/~herbert/crypto/
AUTHORS
James Morris
David S. Miller
Herbert Xu
CREDITS
@ -238,8 +243,11 @@ Anubis algorithm contributors:
Tiger algorithm contributors:
Aaron Grothe
VIA PadLock contributors:
Michal Ludvig
Generic scatterwalk code by Adam J. Richter <adam@yggdrasil.com>
Please send any credits updates or corrections to:
James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>

1
Documentation/dontdiff
View file

@ -135,6 +135,7 @@ tags
times.h*
tkparse
trix_boot.h
utsrelease.h*
version.h*
vmlinux
vmlinux-*

12
Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
View file

@ -67,19 +67,19 @@ applicable everywhere (see syntax).
- default value: "default" <expr> ["if" <expr>]
A config option can have any number of default values. If multiple
default values are visible, only the first defined one is active.
Default values are not limited to the menu entry, where they are
defined, this means the default can be defined somewhere else or be
Default values are not limited to the menu entry where they are
defined. This means the default can be defined somewhere else or be
overridden by an earlier definition.
The default value is only assigned to the config symbol if no other
value was set by the user (via the input prompt above). If an input
prompt is visible the default value is presented to the user and can
be overridden by him.
Optionally dependencies only for this default value can be added with
Optionally, dependencies only for this default value can be added with
"if".
- dependencies: "depends on"/"requires" <expr>
This defines a dependency for this menu entry. If multiple
dependencies are defined they are connected with '&&'. Dependencies
dependencies are defined, they are connected with '&&'. Dependencies
are applied to all other options within this menu entry (which also
accept an "if" expression), so these two examples are equivalent:
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Nonconstant symbols are the most common ones and are defined with the
'config' statement. Nonconstant symbols consist entirely of alphanumeric
characters or underscores.
Constant symbols are only part of expressions. Constant symbols are
always surrounded by single or double quotes. Within the quote any
always surrounded by single or double quotes. Within the quote, any
other character is allowed and the quotes can be escaped using '\'.
Menu structure
@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ choices:
<choice block>
"endchoice"
This defines a choice group and accepts any of above attributes as
This defines a choice group and accepts any of the above attributes as
options. A choice can only be of type bool or tristate, while a boolean
choice only allows a single config entry to be selected, a tristate
choice also allows any number of config entries to be set to 'm'. This

265
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
View file

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ This document describes the Linux kernel Makefiles.
=== 4 Host Program support
--- 4.1 Simple Host Program
--- 4.2 Composite Host Programs
--- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
--- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
--- 4.4 Using C++ for host programs
--- 4.5 Controlling compiler options for host programs
--- 4.6 When host programs are actually built
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ architecture-specific information to the top Makefile.
Each subdirectory has a kbuild Makefile which carries out the commands
passed down from above. The kbuild Makefile uses information from the
.config file to construct various file lists used by kbuild to build
.config file to construct various file lists used by kbuild to build
any built-in or modular targets.
scripts/Makefile.* contains all the definitions/rules etc. that
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ any kernel Makefiles (or any other source files).
*Normal developers* are people who work on features such as device
drivers, file systems, and network protocols. These people need to
maintain the kbuild Makefiles for the subsystem that they are
maintain the kbuild Makefiles for the subsystem they are
working on. In order to do this effectively, they need some overall
knowledge about the kernel Makefiles, plus detailed knowledge about the
public interface for kbuild.
@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ This document is aimed towards normal developers and arch developers.
=== 3 The kbuild files
Most Makefiles within the kernel are kbuild Makefiles that use the
kbuild infrastructure. This chapter introduce the syntax used in the
kbuild infrastructure. This chapter introduces the syntax used in the
kbuild makefiles.
The preferred name for the kbuild files are 'Makefile' but 'Kbuild' can
be used and if both a 'Makefile' and a 'Kbuild' file exists then the 'Kbuild'
be used and if both a 'Makefile' and a 'Kbuild' file exists, then the 'Kbuild'
file will be used.
Section 3.1 "Goal definitions" is a quick intro, further chapters provide
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ more details, with real examples.
Example:
obj-y += foo.o
This tell kbuild that there is one object in that directory named
This tell kbuild that there is one object in that directory, named
foo.o. foo.o will be built from foo.c or foo.S.
If foo.o shall be built as a module, the variable obj-m is used.
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ more details, with real examples.
--- 3.2 Built-in object goals - obj-y
The kbuild Makefile specifies object files for vmlinux
in the lists $(obj-y). These lists depend on the kernel
in the $(obj-y) lists. These lists depend on the kernel
configuration.
Kbuild compiles all the $(obj-y) files. It then calls
@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ more details, with real examples.
Link order is significant, because certain functions
(module_init() / __initcall) will be called during boot in the
order they appear. So keep in mind that changing the link
order may e.g. change the order in which your SCSI
controllers are detected, and thus you disks are renumbered.
order may e.g. change the order in which your SCSI
controllers are detected, and thus your disks are renumbered.
Example:
#drivers/isdn/i4l/Makefile
@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ more details, with real examples.
Example:
#fs/ext2/Makefile
obj-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS) += ext2.o
ext2-y := balloc.o bitmap.o
ext2-y := balloc.o bitmap.o
ext2-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) += xattr.o
In this example xattr.o is only part of the composite object
ext2.o, if $(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) evaluates to 'y'.
In this example, xattr.o is only part of the composite object
ext2.o if $(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) evaluates to 'y'.
Note: Of course, when you are building objects into the kernel,
the syntax above will also work. So, if you have CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y,
@ -221,16 +221,16 @@ more details, with real examples.
--- 3.5 Library file goals - lib-y
Objects listed with obj-* are used for modules or
Objects listed with obj-* are used for modules, or
combined in a built-in.o for that specific directory.
There is also the possibility to list objects that will
be included in a library, lib.a.
All objects listed with lib-y are combined in a single
library for that directory.
Objects that are listed in obj-y and additional listed in
Objects that are listed in obj-y and additionaly listed in
lib-y will not be included in the library, since they will anyway
be accessible.
For consistency objects listed in lib-m will be included in lib.a.
For consistency, objects listed in lib-m will be included in lib.a.
Note that the same kbuild makefile may list files to be built-in
and to be part of a library. Therefore the same directory
@ -241,11 +241,11 @@ more details, with real examples.
lib-y := checksum.o delay.o
This will create a library lib.a based on checksum.o and delay.o.
For kbuild to actually recognize that there is a lib.a being build
For kbuild to actually recognize that there is a lib.a being built,
the directory shall be listed in libs-y.
See also "6.3 List directories to visit when descending".
Usage of lib-y is normally restricted to lib/ and arch/*/lib.
Use of lib-y is normally restricted to lib/ and arch/*/lib.
--- 3.6 Descending down in directories
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ more details, with real examples.
invoke make recursively in subdirectories, provided you let it know of
them.
To do so obj-y and obj-m are used.
To do so, obj-y and obj-m are used.
ext2 lives in a separate directory, and the Makefile present in fs/
tells kbuild to descend down using the following assignment.
@ -353,8 +353,8 @@ more details, with real examples.
Special rules are used when the kbuild infrastructure does
not provide the required support. A typical example is
header files generated during the build process.
Another example is the architecture specific Makefiles which
needs special rules to prepare boot images etc.
Another example are the architecture specific Makefiles which
need special rules to prepare boot images etc.
Special rules are written as normal Make rules.
Kbuild is not executing in the directory where the Makefile is
@ -387,28 +387,28 @@ more details, with real examples.
--- 3.11 $(CC) support functions
The kernel may be build with several different versions of
The kernel may be built with several different versions of
$(CC), each supporting a unique set of features and options.
kbuild provide basic support to check for valid options for $(CC).
$(CC) is useally the gcc compiler, but other alternatives are
available.
as-option
as-option is used to check if $(CC) when used to compile
assembler (*.S) files supports the given option. An optional
second option may be specified if first option are not supported.
as-option is used to check if $(CC) -- when used to compile
assembler (*.S) files -- supports the given option. An optional
second option may be specified if the first option is not supported.
Example:
#arch/sh/Makefile
cflags-y += $(call as-option,-Wa$(comma)-isa=$(isa-y),)
In the above example cflags-y will be assinged the the option
In the above example, cflags-y will be assigned the option
-Wa$(comma)-isa=$(isa-y) if it is supported by $(CC).
The second argument is optional, and if supplied will be used
if first argument is not supported.
ld-option
ld-option is used to check if $(CC) when used to link object files
ld-option is used to check if $(CC) when used to link object files
supports the given option. An optional second option may be
specified if first option are not supported.
@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ more details, with real examples.
if first argument is not supported.
cc-option
cc-option is used to check if $(CC) support a given option, and not
cc-option is used to check if $(CC) supports a given option, and not
supported to use an optional second option.
Example:
@ -430,12 +430,12 @@ more details, with real examples.
cflags-y += $(call cc-option,-march=pentium-mmx,-march=i586)
In the above example cflags-y will be assigned the option
-march=pentium-mmx if supported by $(CC), otherwise -march-i586.
The second argument to cc-option is optional, and if omitted
-march=pentium-mmx if supported by $(CC), otherwise -march=i586.
The second argument to cc-option is optional, and if omitted,
cflags-y will be assigned no value if first option is not supported.
cc-option-yn
cc-option-yn is used to check if gcc supports a given option
cc-option-yn is used to check if gcc supports a given option
and return 'y' if supported, otherwise 'n'.
Example:
@ -443,32 +443,33 @@ more details, with real examples.
biarch := $(call cc-option-yn, -m32)
aflags-$(biarch) += -a32
cflags-$(biarch) += -m32
In the above example $(biarch) is set to y if $(CC) supports the -m32
option. When $(biarch) equals to y the expanded variables $(aflags-y)
and $(cflags-y) will be assigned the values -a32 and -m32.
In the above example, $(biarch) is set to y if $(CC) supports the -m32
option. When $(biarch) equals 'y', the expanded variables $(aflags-y)
and $(cflags-y) will be assigned the values -a32 and -m32,
respectively.
cc-option-align
gcc version >= 3.0 shifted type of options used to speify
alignment of functions, loops etc. $(cc-option-align) whrn used
as prefix to the align options will select the right prefix:
gcc versions >= 3.0 changed the type of options used to specify
alignment of functions, loops etc. $(cc-option-align), when used
as prefix to the align options, will select the right prefix:
gcc < 3.00
cc-option-align = -malign
gcc >= 3.00
cc-option-align = -falign
Example:
CFLAGS += $(cc-option-align)-functions=4
In the above example the option -falign-functions=4 is used for
gcc >= 3.00. For gcc < 3.00 -malign-functions=4 is used.
In the above example, the option -falign-functions=4 is used for
gcc >= 3.00. For gcc < 3.00, -malign-functions=4 is used.
cc-version
cc-version return a numerical version of the $(CC) compiler version.
cc-version returns a numerical version of the $(CC) compiler version.
The format is <major><minor> where both are two digits. So for example
gcc 3.41 would return 0341.
cc-version is useful when a specific $(CC) version is faulty in one
area, for example the -mregparm=3 were broken in some gcc version
area, for example -mregparm=3 was broken in some gcc versions
even though the option was accepted by gcc.
Example:
@ -477,20 +478,20 @@ more details, with real examples.
if [ $(call cc-version) -ge 0300 ] ; then \
echo "-mregparm=3"; fi ;)
In the above example -mregparm=3 is only used for gcc version greater
In the above example, -mregparm=3 is only used for gcc version greater
than or equal to gcc 3.0.
cc-ifversion
cc-ifversion test the version of $(CC) and equals last argument if
cc-ifversion tests the version of $(CC) and equals last argument if
version expression is true.
Example:
#fs/reiserfs/Makefile
EXTRA_CFLAGS := $(call cc-ifversion, -lt, 0402, -O1)
In this example EXTRA_CFLAGS will be assigned the value -O1 if the
In this example, EXTRA_CFLAGS will be assigned the value -O1 if the
$(CC) version is less than 4.2.
cc-ifversion takes all the shell operators:
cc-ifversion takes all the shell operators:
-eq, -ne, -lt, -le, -gt, and -ge
The third parameter may be a text as in this example, but it may also
be an expanded variable or a macro.
@ -506,7 +507,7 @@ The first step is to tell kbuild that a host program exists. This is
done utilising the variable hostprogs-y.
The second step is to add an explicit dependency to the executable.
This can be done in two ways. Either add the dependency in a rule,
This can be done in two ways. Either add the dependency in a rule,
or utilise the variable $(always).
Both possibilities are described in the following.
@ -523,28 +524,28 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
Kbuild assumes in the above example that bin2hex is made from a single
c-source file named bin2hex.c located in the same directory as
the Makefile.
--- 4.2 Composite Host Programs
Host programs can be made up based on composite objects.
The syntax used to define composite objects for host programs is
similar to the syntax used for kernel objects.
$(<executeable>-objs) list all objects used to link the final
$(<executeable>-objs) lists all objects used to link the final
executable.
Example:
#scripts/lxdialog/Makefile
hostprogs-y := lxdialog
hostprogs-y := lxdialog
lxdialog-objs := checklist.o lxdialog.o
Objects with extension .o are compiled from the corresponding .c
files. In the above example checklist.c is compiled to checklist.o
files. In the above example, checklist.c is compiled to checklist.o
and lxdialog.c is compiled to lxdialog.o.
Finally the two .o files are linked to the executable, lxdialog.
Finally, the two .o files are linked to the executable, lxdialog.
Note: The syntax <executable>-y is not permitted for host-programs.
--- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
--- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
Objects with extension .so are considered shared libraries, and
will be compiled as position independent objects.
Kbuild provides support for shared libraries, but the usage
@ -557,7 +558,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
hostprogs-y := conf
conf-objs := conf.o libkconfig.so
libkconfig-objs := expr.o type.o
Shared libraries always require a corresponding -objs line, and
in the example above the shared library libkconfig is composed by
the two objects expr.o and type.o.
@ -578,7 +579,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
In the example above the executable is composed of the C++ file
qconf.cc - identified by $(qconf-cxxobjs).
If qconf is composed by a mixture of .c and .cc files, then an
additional line can be used to identify this.
@ -587,34 +588,35 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
hostprogs-y := qconf
qconf-cxxobjs := qconf.o
qconf-objs := check.o
--- 4.5 Controlling compiler options for host programs
When compiling host programs, it is possible to set specific flags.
The programs will always be compiled utilising $(HOSTCC) passed
the options specified in $(HOSTCFLAGS).
To set flags that will take effect for all host programs created
in that Makefile use the variable HOST_EXTRACFLAGS.
in that Makefile, use the variable HOST_EXTRACFLAGS.
Example:
#scripts/lxdialog/Makefile
HOST_EXTRACFLAGS += -I/usr/include/ncurses
To set specific flags for a single file the following construction
is used:
Example:
#arch/ppc64/boot/Makefile
HOSTCFLAGS_piggyback.o := -DKERNELBASE=$(KERNELBASE)
It is also possible to specify additional options to the linker.
Example:
#scripts/kconfig/Makefile
HOSTLOADLIBES_qconf := -L$(QTDIR)/lib
When linking qconf it will be passed the extra option "-L$(QTDIR)/lib".
When linking qconf, it will be passed the extra option
"-L$(QTDIR)/lib".
--- 4.6 When host programs are actually built
Kbuild will only build host-programs when they are referenced
@ -629,7 +631,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
$(obj)/devlist.h: $(src)/pci.ids $(obj)/gen-devlist
( cd $(obj); ./gen-devlist ) < $<
The target $(obj)/devlist.h will not be built before
The target $(obj)/devlist.h will not be built before
$(obj)/gen-devlist is updated. Note that references to
the host programs in special rules must be prefixed with $(obj).
@ -648,7 +650,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
--- 4.7 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO)
A typcal pattern in a Kbuild file lok like this:
A typical pattern in a Kbuild file looks like this:
Example:
#scripts/Makefile
@ -656,13 +658,13 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
Kbuild knows about both 'y' for built-in and 'm' for module.
So if a config symbol evaluate to 'm', kbuild will still build
the binary. In other words Kbuild handle hostprogs-m exactly
like hostprogs-y. But only hostprogs-y is recommend used
when no CONFIG symbol are involved.
the binary. In other words, Kbuild handles hostprogs-m exactly
like hostprogs-y. But only hostprogs-y is recommended to be used
when no CONFIG symbols are involved.
=== 5 Kbuild clean infrastructure
"make clean" deletes most generated files in the src tree where the kernel
"make clean" deletes most generated files in the obj tree where the kernel
is compiled. This includes generated files such as host programs.
Kbuild knows targets listed in $(hostprogs-y), $(hostprogs-m), $(always),
$(extra-y) and $(targets). They are all deleted during "make clean".
@ -680,7 +682,8 @@ When executing "make clean", the two files "devlist.h classlist.h" will
be deleted. Kbuild will assume files to be in same relative directory as the
Makefile except if an absolute path is specified (path starting with '/').
To delete a directory hirachy use:
To delete a directory hierarchy use:
Example:
#scripts/package/Makefile
clean-dirs := $(objtree)/debian/
@ -723,29 +726,29 @@ be visited during "make clean".
The top level Makefile sets up the environment and does the preparation,
before starting to descend down in the individual directories.
The top level makefile contains the generic part, whereas the
arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile contains what is required to set-up kbuild
to the said architecture.
To do so arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile sets a number of variables, and defines
The top level makefile contains the generic part, whereas
arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile contains what is required to set up kbuild
for said architecture.
To do so, arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile sets up a number of variables and defines
a few targets.
When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
1) Configuration of the kernel => produced .config
When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
1) Configuration of the kernel => produce .config
2) Store kernel version in include/linux/version.h
3) Symlink include/asm to include/asm-$(ARCH)
4) Updating all other prerequisites to the target prepare:
- Additional prerequisites are specified in arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile
5) Recursively descend down in all directories listed in
init-* core* drivers-* net-* libs-* and build all targets.
- The value of the above variables are extended in arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile.
6) All object files are then linked and the resulting file vmlinux is
located at the root of the src tree.
- The values of the above variables are expanded in arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile.
6) All object files are then linked and the resulting file vmlinux is
located at the root of the obj tree.
The very first objects linked are listed in head-y, assigned by
arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile.
7) Finally the architecture specific part does any required post processing
7) Finally, the architecture specific part does any required post processing
and builds the final bootimage.
- This includes building boot records
- Preparing initrd images and the like
- Preparing initrd images and thelike
--- 6.1 Set variables to tweak the build to the architecture
@ -760,7 +763,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
LDFLAGS := -m elf_s390
Note: EXTRA_LDFLAGS and LDFLAGS_$@ can be used to further customise
the flags used. See chapter 7.
LDFLAGS_MODULE Options for $(LD) when linking modules
LDFLAGS_MODULE is used to set specific flags for $(LD) when
@ -770,7 +773,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
LDFLAGS_vmlinux Options for $(LD) when linking vmlinux
LDFLAGS_vmlinux is used to specify additional flags to pass to
the linker when linking the final vmlinux.
the linker when linking the final vmlinux image.
LDFLAGS_vmlinux uses the LDFLAGS_$@ support.
Example:
@ -780,7 +783,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
OBJCOPYFLAGS objcopy flags
When $(call if_changed,objcopy) is used to translate a .o file,
then the flags specified in OBJCOPYFLAGS will be used.
the flags specified in OBJCOPYFLAGS will be used.
$(call if_changed,objcopy) is often used to generate raw binaries on
vmlinux.
@ -792,7 +795,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
$(obj)/image: vmlinux FORCE
$(call if_changed,objcopy)
In this example the binary $(obj)/image is a binary version of
In this example, the binary $(obj)/image is a binary version of
vmlinux. The usage of $(call if_changed,xxx) will be described later.
AFLAGS $(AS) assembler flags
@ -809,7 +812,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
Default value - see top level Makefile
Append or modify as required per architecture.
Often the CFLAGS variable depends on the configuration.
Often, the CFLAGS variable depends on the configuration.
Example:
#arch/i386/Makefile
@ -830,7 +833,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
...
The first examples utilises the trick that a config option expands
The first example utilises the trick that a config option expands
to 'y' when selected.
CFLAGS_KERNEL $(CC) options specific for built-in
@ -843,18 +846,18 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
$(CFLAGS_MODULE) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile code
for loadable kernel modules.
--- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archprepare:
The archprepare: rule is used to list prerequisites that needs to be
The archprepare: rule is used to list prerequisites that need to be
built before starting to descend down in the subdirectories.
This is usual header files containing assembler constants.
This is usually used for header files containing assembler constants.
Example:
#arch/arm/Makefile
archprepare: maketools
In this example the file target maketools will be processed
In this example, the file target maketools will be processed
before descending down in the subdirectories.
See also chapter XXX-TODO that describe how kbuild supports
generating offset header files.
@ -867,18 +870,19 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
corresponding arch-specific section for modules; the module-building
machinery is all architecture-independent.
head-y, init-y, core-y, libs-y, drivers-y, net-y
$(head-y) list objects to be linked first in vmlinux.
$(libs-y) list directories where a lib.a archive can be located.
The rest list directories where a built-in.o object file can be located.
$(head-y) lists objects to be linked first in vmlinux.
$(libs-y) lists directories where a lib.a archive can be located.
The rest lists directories where a built-in.o object file can be
located.
$(init-y) objects will be located after $(head-y).
Then the rest follows in this order:
$(core-y), $(libs-y), $(drivers-y) and $(net-y).
The top level Makefile define values for all generic directories,
The top level Makefile defines values for all generic directories,
and arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile only adds architecture specific directories.
Example:
@ -915,27 +919,27 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
"$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=<dir>" is the recommended way to invoke
make in a subdirectory.
There are no rules for naming of the architecture specific targets,
There are no rules for naming architecture specific targets,
but executing "make help" will list all relevant targets.
To support this $(archhelp) must be defined.
To support this, $(archhelp) must be defined.
Example:
#arch/i386/Makefile
define archhelp
echo '* bzImage - Image (arch/$(ARCH)/boot/bzImage)'
endef
endif
When make is executed without arguments, the first goal encountered
will be built. In the top level Makefile the first goal present
is all:.
An architecture shall always per default build a bootable image.
In "make help" the default goal is highlighted with a '*'.
An architecture shall always, per default, build a bootable image.
In "make help", the default goal is highlighted with a '*'.
Add a new prerequisite to all: to select a default goal different
from vmlinux.
Example:
#arch/i386/Makefile
all: bzImage
all: bzImage
When "make" is executed without arguments, bzImage will be built.
@ -955,10 +959,10 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
#arch/i386/kernel/Makefile
extra-y := head.o init_task.o
In this example extra-y is used to list object files that
In this example, extra-y is used to list object files that
shall be built, but shall not be linked as part of built-in.o.
--- 6.6 Commands useful for building a boot image
Kbuild provides a few macros that are useful when building a
@ -972,8 +976,8 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
target: source(s) FORCE
$(call if_changed,ld/objcopy/gzip)
When the rule is evaluated it is checked to see if any files
needs an update, or the commandline has changed since last
When the rule is evaluated, it is checked to see if any files
needs an update, or the command line has changed since the last
invocation. The latter will force a rebuild if any options
to the executable have changed.
Any target that utilises if_changed must be listed in $(targets),
@ -991,8 +995,8 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
#WRONG!# $(call if_changed, ld/objcopy/gzip)
ld
Link target. Often LDFLAGS_$@ is used to set specific options to ld.
Link target. Often, LDFLAGS_$@ is used to set specific options to ld.
objcopy
Copy binary. Uses OBJCOPYFLAGS usually specified in
arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile.
@ -1010,10 +1014,10 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
$(obj)/setup $(obj)/bootsect: %: %.o FORCE
$(call if_changed,ld)
In this example there are two possible targets, requiring different
options to the linker. the linker options are specified using the
In this example, there are two possible targets, requiring different
options to the linker. The linker options are specified using the
LDFLAGS_$@ syntax - one for each potential target.
$(targets) are assinged all potential targets, herby kbuild knows
$(targets) are assinged all potential targets, by which kbuild knows
the targets and will:
1) check for commandline changes
2) delete target during make clean
@ -1027,7 +1031,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
--- 6.7 Custom kbuild commands
When kbuild is executing with KBUILD_VERBOSE=0 then only a shorthand
When kbuild is executing with KBUILD_VERBOSE=0, then only a shorthand
of a command is normally displayed.
To enable this behaviour for custom commands kbuild requires
two variables to be set:
@ -1045,34 +1049,34 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
$(call if_changed,image)
@echo 'Kernel: $@ is ready'
When updating the $(obj)/bzImage target the line:
When updating the $(obj)/bzImage target, the line
BUILD arch/i386/boot/bzImage
will be displayed with "make KBUILD_VERBOSE=0".
--- 6.8 Preprocessing linker scripts
When the vmlinux image is build the linker script:
When the vmlinux image is built, the linker script
arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/vmlinux.lds is used.
The script is a preprocessed variant of the file vmlinux.lds.S
located in the same directory.
kbuild knows .lds file and includes a rule *lds.S -> *lds.
kbuild knows .lds files and includes a rule *lds.S -> *lds.
Example:
#arch/i386/kernel/Makefile
always := vmlinux.lds
#Makefile
export CPPFLAGS_vmlinux.lds += -P -C -U$(ARCH)
The assigment to $(always) is used to tell kbuild to build the
target: vmlinux.lds.
The assignment to $(CPPFLAGS_vmlinux.lds) tell kbuild to use the
The assignment to $(always) is used to tell kbuild to build the
target vmlinux.lds.
The assignment to $(CPPFLAGS_vmlinux.lds) tells kbuild to use the
specified options when building the target vmlinux.lds.
When building the *.lds target kbuild used the variakles:
When building the *.lds target, kbuild uses the variables:
CPPFLAGS : Set in top-level Makefile
EXTRA_CPPFLAGS : May be set in the kbuild makefile
CPPFLAGS_$(@F) : Target specific flags.
@ -1147,7 +1151,7 @@ The top Makefile exports the following variables:
=== 8 Makefile language
The kernel Makefiles are designed to run with GNU Make. The Makefiles
The kernel Makefiles are designed to be run with GNU Make. The Makefiles
use only the documented features of GNU Make, but they do use many
GNU extensions.
@ -1169,10 +1173,13 @@ is the right choice.
Original version made by Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mailto:mec@shout.net>
Updates by Kai Germaschewski <kai@tp1.ruhr-uni-bochum.de>
Updates by Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Language QA by Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@gmx.de>
=== 10 TODO
- Describe how kbuild support shipped files with _shipped.
- Describe how kbuild supports shipped files with _shipped.
- Generating offset header files.
- Add more variables to section 7?

161
Documentation/kbuild/modules.txt
View file

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
In this document you will find information about:
- how to build external modules
- how to make your module use kbuild infrastructure
- how to make your module use the kbuild infrastructure
- how kbuild will install a kernel
- how to install modules in a non-standard location
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ In this document you will find information about:
--- 6.1 INSTALL_MOD_PATH
--- 6.2 INSTALL_MOD_DIR
=== 7. Module versioning & Module.symvers
--- 7.1 Symbols fron the kernel (vmlinux + modules)
--- 7.1 Symbols from the kernel (vmlinux + modules)
--- 7.2 Symbols and external modules
--- 7.3 Symbols from another external module
=== 8. Tips & Tricks
@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ In this document you will find information about:
kbuild includes functionality for building modules both
within the kernel source tree and outside the kernel source tree.
The latter is usually referred to as external modules and is used
both during development and for modules that are not planned to be
included in the kernel tree.
The latter is usually referred to as external or "out-of-tree"
modules and is used both during development and for modules that
are not planned to be included in the kernel tree.
What is covered within this file is mainly information to authors
of modules. The author of an external modules should supply
a makefile that hides most of the complexity so one only has to type
of modules. The author of an external module should supply
a makefile that hides most of the complexity, so one only has to type
'make' to build the module. A complete example will be present in
chapter 4, "Creating a kbuild file for an external module".
@ -63,14 +63,15 @@ when building an external module.
For the running kernel use:
make -C /lib/modules/`uname -r`/build M=`pwd`
For the above command to succeed the kernel must have been built with
modules enabled.
For the above command to succeed, the kernel must have been
built with modules enabled.
To install the modules that were just built:
make -C <path-to-kernel> M=`pwd` modules_install
More complex examples later, the above should get you going.
More complex examples will be shown later, the above should
be enough to get you started.
--- 2.2 Available targets
@ -89,13 +90,13 @@ when building an external module.
Same functionality as if no target was specified.
See description above.
make -C $KDIR M=$PWD modules_install
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` modules_install
Install the external module(s).
Installation default is in /lib/modules/<kernel-version>/extra,
but may be prefixed with INSTALL_MOD_PATH - see separate
chapter.
make -C $KDIR M=$PWD clean
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` clean
Remove all generated files for the module - the kernel
source directory is not modified.
@ -129,29 +130,28 @@ when building an external module.
To make sure the kernel contains the information required to
build external modules the target 'modules_prepare' must be used.
'module_prepare' solely exists as a simple way to prepare
a kernel for building external modules.
'module_prepare' exists solely as a simple way to prepare
a kernel source tree for building external modules.
Note: modules_prepare will not build Module.symvers even if
CONFIG_MODULEVERSIONING is set.
Therefore a full kernel build needs to be executed to make
module versioning work.
CONFIG_MODULEVERSIONING is set. Therefore a full kernel build
needs to be executed to make module versioning work.
--- 2.5 Building separate files for a module
It is possible to build single files which is part of a module.
This works equal for the kernel, a module and even for external
modules.
It is possible to build single files which are part of a module.
This works equally well for the kernel, a module and even for
external modules.
Examples (module foo.ko, consist of bar.o, baz.o):
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` bar.lst
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` bar.o
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` foo.ko
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` /
=== 3. Example commands
This example shows the actual commands to be executed when building
an external module for the currently running kernel.
In the example below the distribution is supposed to use the
In the example below, the distribution is supposed to use the
facility to locate output files for a kernel compile in a different
directory than the kernel source - but the examples will also work
when the source and the output files are mixed in the same directory.
@ -170,14 +170,14 @@ the following commands to build the module:
O=/lib/modules/`uname-r`/build \
M=`pwd`
Then to install the module use the following command:
Then, to install the module use the following command:
make -C /usr/src/`uname -r`/source \
O=/lib/modules/`uname-r`/build \
M=`pwd` \
modules_install
If one looks closely you will see that this is the same commands as
If you look closely you will see that this is the same command as
listed before - with the directories spelled out.
The above are rather long commands, and the following chapter
@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ following files:
endif
In example 1 the check for KERNELRELEASE is used to separate
In example 1, the check for KERNELRELEASE is used to separate
the two parts of the Makefile. kbuild will only see the two
assignments whereas make will see everything except the two
kbuild assignments.
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ following files:
echo "X" > 8123_bin_shipped
In example 2 we are down to two fairly simple files and for simple
In example 2, we are down to two fairly simple files and for simple
files as used in this example the split is questionable. But some
external modules use Makefiles of several hundred lines and here it
really pays off to separate the kbuild part from the rest.
@ -282,9 +282,9 @@ following files:
endif
The trick here is to include the Kbuild file from Makefile so
if an older version of kbuild picks up the Makefile the Kbuild
file will be included.
The trick here is to include the Kbuild file from Makefile, so
if an older version of kbuild picks up the Makefile, the Kbuild
file will be included.
--- 4.2 Binary blobs included in a module
@ -301,18 +301,19 @@ following files:
obj-m := 8123.o
8123-y := 8123_if.o 8123_pci.o 8123_bin.o
In example 4 there is no distinction between the ordinary .c/.h files
In example 4, there is no distinction between the ordinary .c/.h files
and the binary file. But kbuild will pick up different rules to create
the .o file.
=== 5. Include files
Include files are a necessity when a .c file uses something from another .c
files (not strictly in the sense of .c but if good programming practice is
used). Any module that consist of more than one .c file will have a .h file
for one of the .c files.
- If the .h file only describes a module internal interface then the .h file
Include files are a necessity when a .c file uses something from other .c
files (not strictly in the sense of C, but if good programming practice is
used). Any module that consists of more than one .c file will have a .h file
for one of the .c files.
- If the .h file only describes a module internal interface, then the .h file
shall be placed in the same directory as the .c files.
- If the .h files describe an interface used by other parts of the kernel
located in different directories, the .h files shall be located in
@ -323,11 +324,11 @@ under include/ such as include/scsi. Another exception is arch-specific
.h files which are located under include/asm-$(ARCH)/*.
External modules have a tendency to locate include files in a separate include/
directory and therefore needs to deal with this in their kbuild file.
directory and therefore need to deal with this in their kbuild file.
--- 5.1 How to include files from the kernel include dir
When a module needs to include a file from include/linux/ then one
When a module needs to include a file from include/linux/, then one
just uses:
#include <linux/modules.h>
@ -348,7 +349,7 @@ directory and therefore needs to deal with this in their kbuild file.
The trick here is to use either EXTRA_CFLAGS (take effect for all .c
files) or CFLAGS_$F.o (take effect only for a single file).
In our example if we move 8123_if.h to a subdirectory named include/
In our example, if we move 8123_if.h to a subdirectory named include/
the resulting Kbuild file would look like:
--> filename: Kbuild
@ -362,19 +363,19 @@ directory and therefore needs to deal with this in their kbuild file.
--- 5.3 External modules using several directories
If an external module does not follow the usual kernel style but
decide to spread files over several directories then kbuild can
support this too.
If an external module does not follow the usual kernel style, but
decides to spread files over several directories, then kbuild can
handle this too.
Consider the following example:
|
+- src/complex_main.c
| +- hal/hardwareif.c
| +- hal/include/hardwareif.h
+- include/complex.h
To build a single module named complex.ko we then need the following
To build a single module named complex.ko, we then need the following
kbuild file:
Kbuild:
@ -387,12 +388,12 @@ directory and therefore needs to deal with this in their kbuild file.
kbuild knows how to handle .o files located in another directory -
although this is NOT reccommended practice. The syntax is to specify
although this is NOT recommended practice. The syntax is to specify
the directory relative to the directory where the Kbuild file is
located.
To find the .h files we have to explicitly tell kbuild where to look
for the .h files. When kbuild executes current directory is always
To find the .h files, we have to explicitly tell kbuild where to look
for the .h files. When kbuild executes, the current directory is always
the root of the kernel tree (argument to -C) and therefore we have to
tell kbuild how to find the .h files using absolute paths.
$(src) will specify the absolute path to the directory where the
@ -412,7 +413,7 @@ External modules are installed in the directory:
--- 6.1 INSTALL_MOD_PATH
Above are the default directories, but as always some level of
Above are the default directories, but as always, some level of
customization is possible. One can prefix the path using the variable
INSTALL_MOD_PATH:
@ -420,17 +421,17 @@ External modules are installed in the directory:
=> Install dir: /frodo/lib/modules/$(KERNELRELEASE)/kernel
INSTALL_MOD_PATH may be set as an ordinary shell variable or as in the
example above be specified on the command line when calling make.
example above, can be specified on the command line when calling make.
INSTALL_MOD_PATH has effect both when installing modules included in
the kernel as well as when installing external modules.
--- 6.2 INSTALL_MOD_DIR
When installing external modules they are default installed in a
When installing external modules they are by default installed to a
directory under /lib/modules/$(KERNELRELEASE)/extra, but one may wish
to locate modules for a specific functionality in a separate
directory. For this purpose one can use INSTALL_MOD_DIR to specify an
alternative name than 'extra'.
directory. For this purpose, one can use INSTALL_MOD_DIR to specify an
alternative name to 'extra'.
$ make INSTALL_MOD_DIR=gandalf -C KERNELDIR \
M=`pwd` modules_install
@ -444,16 +445,16 @@ Module versioning is enabled by the CONFIG_MODVERSIONS tag.
Module versioning is used as a simple ABI consistency check. The Module
versioning creates a CRC value of the full prototype for an exported symbol and
when a module is loaded/used then the CRC values contained in the kernel are
compared with similar values in the module. If they are not equal then the
compared with similar values in the module. If they are not equal, then the
kernel refuses to load the module.
Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
--- 7.1 Symbols fron the kernel (vmlinux + modules)
During a kernel build a file named Module.symvers will be generated.
During a kernel build, a file named Module.symvers will be generated.
Module.symvers contains all exported symbols from the kernel and
compiled modules. For each symbols the corresponding CRC value
compiled modules. For each symbols, the corresponding CRC value
is stored too.
The syntax of the Module.symvers file is:
@ -461,27 +462,27 @@ Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
Sample:
0x2d036834 scsi_remove_host drivers/scsi/scsi_mod
For a kernel build without CONFIG_MODVERSIONING enabled the crc
For a kernel build without CONFIG_MODVERSIONS enabled, the crc
would read: 0x00000000
Module.symvers serve two purposes.
1) It list all exported symbols both from vmlinux and all modules
2) It list CRC if CONFIG_MODVERSION is enabled
Module.symvers serves two purposes:
1) It lists all exported symbols both from vmlinux and all modules
2) It lists the CRC if CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is enabled
--- 7.2 Symbols and external modules
When building an external module the build system needs access to
When building an external module, the build system needs access to
the symbols from the kernel to check if all external symbols are
defined. This is done in the MODPOST step and to obtain all
symbols modpost reads Module.symvers from the kernel.
symbols, modpost reads Module.symvers from the kernel.
If a Module.symvers file is present in the directory where
the external module is being build this file will be read too.
During the MODPOST step a new Module.symvers file will be written
containing all exported symbols that was not defined in the kernel.
the external module is being built, this file will be read too.
During the MODPOST step, a new Module.symvers file will be written
containing all exported symbols that were not defined in the kernel.
--- 7.3 Symbols from another external module
Sometimes one external module uses exported symbols from another
Sometimes, an external module uses exported symbols from another
external module. Kbuild needs to have full knowledge on all symbols
to avoid spitting out warnings about undefined symbols.
Two solutions exist to let kbuild know all symbols of more than
@ -490,15 +491,15 @@ Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
impractical in certain situations.
Use a top-level Kbuild file
If you have two modules: 'foo', 'bar' and 'foo' needs symbols
from 'bar' then one can use a common top-level kbuild file so
both modules are compiled in same build.
If you have two modules: 'foo' and 'bar', and 'foo' needs
symbols from 'bar', then one can use a common top-level kbuild
file so both modules are compiled in same build.
Consider following directory layout:
./foo/ <= contains the foo module
./bar/ <= contains the bar module
The top-level Kbuild file would then look like:
#./Kbuild: (this file may also be named Makefile)
obj-y := foo/ bar/
@ -509,23 +510,23 @@ Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
knowledge on symbols from both modules.
Use an extra Module.symvers file
When an external module is build a Module.symvers file is
When an external module is built, a Module.symvers file is
generated containing all exported symbols which are not
defined in the kernel.
To get access to symbols from module 'bar' one can copy the
To get access to symbols from module 'bar', one can copy the
Module.symvers file from the compilation of the 'bar' module
to the directory where the 'foo' module is build.
During the module build kbuild will read the Module.symvers
to the directory where the 'foo' module is built.
During the module build, kbuild will read the Module.symvers
file in the directory of the external module and when the
build is finished a new Module.symvers file is created
build is finished, a new Module.symvers file is created
containing the sum of all symbols defined and not part of the
kernel.
=== 8. Tips & Tricks
--- 8.1 Testing for CONFIG_FOO_BAR
Modules often needs to check for certain CONFIG_ options to decide if
Modules often need to check for certain CONFIG_ options to decide if
a specific feature shall be included in the module. When kbuild is used
this is done by referencing the CONFIG_ variable directly.
@ -537,7 +538,7 @@ Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
External modules have traditionally used grep to check for specific
CONFIG_ settings directly in .config. This usage is broken.
As introduced before external modules shall use kbuild when building
and therefore can use the same methods as in-kernel modules when testing
for CONFIG_ definitions.
As introduced before, external modules shall use kbuild when building
and therefore can use the same methods as in-kernel modules when
testing for CONFIG_ definitions.

10
Documentation/netlabel/00-INDEX Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
00-INDEX
- this file.
cipso_ipv4.txt
- documentation on the IPv4 CIPSO protocol engine.
draft-ietf-cipso-ipsecurity-01.txt
- IETF draft of the CIPSO protocol, dated 16 July 1992.
introduction.txt
- NetLabel introduction, READ THIS FIRST.
lsm_interface.txt
- documentation on the NetLabel kernel security module API.

48
Documentation/netlabel/cipso_ipv4.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
NetLabel CIPSO/IPv4 Protocol Engine
==============================================================================
Paul Moore, paul.moore@hp.com
May 17, 2006
* Overview
The NetLabel CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine is based on the IETF Commercial IP
Security Option (CIPSO) draft from July 16, 1992. A copy of this draft can be
found in this directory, consult '00-INDEX' for the filename. While the IETF
draft never made it to an RFC standard it has become a de-facto standard for
labeled networking and is used in many trusted operating systems.
* Outbound Packet Processing
The CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine applies the CIPSO IP option to packets by
adding the CIPSO label to the socket. This causes all packets leaving the
system through the socket to have the CIPSO IP option applied. The socket's
CIPSO label can be changed at any point in time, however, it is recommended
that it is set upon the socket's creation. The LSM can set the socket's CIPSO
label by using the NetLabel security module API; if the NetLabel "domain" is
configured to use CIPSO for packet labeling then a CIPSO IP option will be
generated and attached to the socket.
* Inbound Packet Processing
The CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine validates every CIPSO IP option it finds at the
IP layer without any special handling required by the LSM. However, in order
to decode and translate the CIPSO label on the packet the LSM must use the
NetLabel security module API to extract the security attributes of the packet.
This is typically done at the socket layer using the 'socket_sock_rcv_skb()'
LSM hook.
* Label Translation
The CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine contains a mechanism to translate CIPSO security
attributes such as sensitivity level and category to values which are
appropriate for the host. These mappings are defined as part of a CIPSO
Domain Of Interpretation (DOI) definition and are configured through the
NetLabel user space communication layer. Each DOI definition can have a
different security attribute mapping table.
* Label Translation Cache
The NetLabel system provides a framework for caching security attribute
mappings from the network labels to the corresponding LSM identifiers. The
CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine supports this caching mechanism.

791
Documentation/netlabel/draft-ietf-cipso-ipsecurity-01.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
IETF CIPSO Working Group
16 July, 1992
COMMERCIAL IP SECURITY OPTION (CIPSO 2.2)
1. Status
This Internet Draft provides the high level specification for a Commercial
IP Security Option (CIPSO). This draft reflects the version as approved by
the CIPSO IETF Working Group. Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
This document is an Internet Draft. Internet Drafts are working documents
of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), its Areas, and its Working
Groups. Note that other groups may also distribute working documents as
Internet Drafts.
Internet Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months.
Internet Drafts may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents
at any time. It is not appropriate to use Internet Drafts as reference
material or to cite them other than as a "working draft" or "work in
progress."
Please check the I-D abstract listing contained in each Internet Draft
directory to learn the current status of this or any other Internet Draft.
2. Background
Currently the Internet Protocol includes two security options. One of
these options is the DoD Basic Security Option (BSO) (Type 130) which allows
IP datagrams to be labeled with security classifications. This option
provides sixteen security classifications and a variable number of handling
restrictions. To handle additional security information, such as security
categories or compartments, another security option (Type 133) exists and
is referred to as the DoD Extended Security Option (ESO). The values for
the fixed fields within these two options are administered by the Defense
Information Systems Agency (DISA).
Computer vendors are now building commercial operating systems with
mandatory access controls and multi-level security. These systems are
no longer built specifically for a particular group in the defense or
intelligence communities. They are generally available commercial systems
for use in a variety of government and civil sector environments.
The small number of ESO format codes can not support all the possible
applications of a commercial security option. The BSO and ESO were
designed to only support the United States DoD. CIPSO has been designed
to support multiple security policies. This Internet Draft provides the
format and procedures required to support a Mandatory Access Control
security policy. Support for additional security policies shall be
defined in future RFCs.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 1]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
3. CIPSO Format
Option type: 134 (Class 0, Number 6, Copy on Fragmentation)
Option length: Variable
This option permits security related information to be passed between
systems within a single Domain of Interpretation (DOI). A DOI is a
collection of systems which agree on the meaning of particular values
in the security option. An authority that has been assigned a DOI
identifier will define a mapping between appropriate CIPSO field values
and their human readable equivalent. This authority will distribute that
mapping to hosts within the authority's domain. These mappings may be
sensitive, therefore a DOI authority is not required to make these
mappings available to anyone other than the systems that are included in
the DOI.
This option MUST be copied on fragmentation. This option appears at most
once in a datagram. All multi-octet fields in the option are defined to be
transmitted in network byte order. The format of this option is as follows:
+----------+----------+------//------+-----------//---------+
| 10000110 | LLLLLLLL | DDDDDDDDDDDD | TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT |
+----------+----------+------//------+-----------//---------+
TYPE=134 OPTION DOMAIN OF TAGS
LENGTH INTERPRETATION
Figure 1. CIPSO Format
3.1 Type
This field is 1 octet in length. Its value is 134.
3.2 Length
This field is 1 octet in length. It is the total length of the option
including the type and length fields. With the current IP header length
restriction of 40 octets the value of this field MUST not exceed 40.
3.3 Domain of Interpretation Identifier
This field is an unsigned 32 bit integer. The value 0 is reserved and MUST
not appear as the DOI identifier in any CIPSO option. Implementations
should assume that the DOI identifier field is not aligned on any particular
byte boundary.
To conserve space in the protocol, security levels and categories are
represented by numbers rather than their ASCII equivalent. This requires
a mapping table within CIPSO hosts to map these numbers to their
corresponding ASCII representations. Non-related groups of systems may
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 2]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
have their own unique mappings. For example, one group of systems may
use the number 5 to represent Unclassified while another group may use the
number 1 to represent that same security level. The DOI identifier is used
to identify which mapping was used for the values within the option.
3.4 Tag Types
A common format for passing security related information is necessary
for interoperability. CIPSO uses sets of "tags" to contain the security
information relevant to the data in the IP packet. Each tag begins with
a tag type identifier followed by the length of the tag and ends with the
actual security information to be passed. All multi-octet fields in a tag
are defined to be transmitted in network byte order. Like the DOI
identifier field in the CIPSO header, implementations should assume that
all tags, as well as fields within a tag, are not aligned on any particular
octet boundary. The tag types defined in this document contain alignment
bytes to assist alignment of some information, however alignment can not
be guaranteed if CIPSO is not the first IP option.
CIPSO tag types 0 through 127 are reserved for defining standard tag
formats. Their definitions will be published in RFCs. Tag types whose
identifiers are greater than 127 are defined by the DOI authority and may
only be meaningful in certain Domains of Interpretation. For these tag
types, implementations will require the DOI identifier as well as the tag
number to determine the security policy and the format associated with the
tag. Use of tag types above 127 are restricted to closed networks where
interoperability with other networks will not be an issue. Implementations
that support a tag type greater than 127 MUST support at least one DOI that
requires only tag types 1 to 127.
Tag type 0 is reserved. Tag types 1, 2, and 5 are defined in this
Internet Draft. Types 3 and 4 are reserved for work in progress.
The standard format for all current and future CIPSO tags is shown below:
+----------+----------+--------//--------+
| TTTTTTTT | LLLLLLLL | IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
+----------+----------+--------//--------+
TAG TAG TAG
TYPE LENGTH INFORMATION
Figure 2: Standard Tag Format
In the three tag types described in this document, the length and count
restrictions are based on the current IP limitation of 40 octets for all
IP options. If the IP header is later expanded, then the length and count
restrictions specified in this document may increase to use the full area
provided for IP options.
3.4.1 Tag Type Classes
Tag classes consist of tag types that have common processing requirements
and support the same security policy. The three tags defined in this
Internet Draft belong to the Mandatory Access Control (MAC) Sensitivity
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 3]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
class and support the MAC Sensitivity security policy.
3.4.2 Tag Type 1
This is referred to as the "bit-mapped" tag type. Tag type 1 is included
in the MAC Sensitivity tag type class. The format of this tag type is as
follows:
+----------+----------+----------+----------+--------//---------+
| 00000001 | LLLLLLLL | 00000000 | LLLLLLLL | CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC |
+----------+----------+----------+----------+--------//---------+
TAG TAG ALIGNMENT SENSITIVITY BIT MAP OF
TYPE LENGTH OCTET LEVEL CATEGORIES
Figure 3. Tag Type 1 Format
3.4.2.1 Tag Type
This field is 1 octet in length and has a value of 1.
3.4.2.2 Tag Length
This field is 1 octet in length. It is the total length of the tag type
including the type and length fields. With the current IP header length
restriction of 40 bytes the value within this field is between 4 and 34.
3.4.2.3 Alignment Octet
This field is 1 octet in length and always has the value of 0. Its purpose
is to align the category bitmap field on an even octet boundary. This will
speed many implementations including router implementations.
3.4.2.4 Sensitivity Level
This field is 1 octet in length. Its value is from 0 to 255. The values
are ordered with 0 being the minimum value and 255 representing the maximum
value.
3.4.2.5 Bit Map of Categories
The length of this field is variable and ranges from 0 to 30 octets. This
provides representation of categories 0 to 239. The ordering of the bits
is left to right or MSB to LSB. For example category 0 is represented by
the most significant bit of the first byte and category 15 is represented
by the least significant bit of the second byte. Figure 4 graphically
shows this ordering. Bit N is binary 1 if category N is part of the label
for the datagram, and bit N is binary 0 if category N is not part of the
label. Except for the optimized tag 1 format described in the next section,
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 4]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
minimal encoding SHOULD be used resulting in no trailing zero octets in the
category bitmap.
octet 0 octet 1 octet 2 octet 3 octet 4 octet 5
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX . . .
bit 01234567 89111111 11112222 22222233 33333333 44444444
number 012345 67890123 45678901 23456789 01234567
Figure 4. Ordering of Bits in Tag 1 Bit Map
3.4.2.6 Optimized Tag 1 Format
Routers work most efficiently when processing fixed length fields. To
support these routers there is an optimized form of tag type 1. The format
does not change. The only change is to the category bitmap which is set to
a constant length of 10 octets. Trailing octets required to fill out the 10
octets are zero filled. Ten octets, allowing for 80 categories, was chosen
because it makes the total length of the CIPSO option 20 octets. If CIPSO
is the only option then the option will be full word aligned and additional
filler octets will not be required.
3.4.3 Tag Type 2
This is referred to as the "enumerated" tag type. It is used to describe
large but sparsely populated sets of categories. Tag type 2 is in the MAC
Sensitivity tag type class. The format of this tag type is as follows:
+----------+----------+----------+----------+-------------//-------------+
| 00000010 | LLLLLLLL | 00000000 | LLLLLLLL | CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC |
+----------+----------+----------+----------+-------------//-------------+
TAG TAG ALIGNMENT SENSITIVITY ENUMERATED
TYPE LENGTH OCTET LEVEL CATEGORIES
Figure 5. Tag Type 2 Format
3.4.3.1 Tag Type
This field is one octet in length and has a value of 2.
3.4.3.2 Tag Length
This field is 1 octet in length. It is the total length of the tag type
including the type and length fields. With the current IP header length
restriction of 40 bytes the value within this field is between 4 and 34.
3.4.3.3 Alignment Octet
This field is 1 octet in length and always has the value of 0. Its purpose
is to align the category field on an even octet boundary. This will
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 5]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
speed many implementations including router implementations.
3.4.3.4 Sensitivity Level
This field is 1 octet in length. Its value is from 0 to 255. The values
are ordered with 0 being the minimum value and 255 representing the
maximum value.
3.4.3.5 Enumerated Categories
In this tag, categories are represented by their actual value rather than
by their position within a bit field. The length of each category is 2
octets. Up to 15 categories may be represented by this tag. Valid values
for categories are 0 to 65534. Category 65535 is not a valid category
value. The categories MUST be listed in ascending order within the tag.
3.4.4 Tag Type 5
This is referred to as the "range" tag type. It is used to represent
labels where all categories in a range, or set of ranges, are included
in the sensitivity label. Tag type 5 is in the MAC Sensitivity tag type
class. The format of this tag type is as follows:
+----------+----------+----------+----------+------------//-------------+
| 00000101 | LLLLLLLL | 00000000 | LLLLLLLL | Top/Bottom | Top/Bottom |
+----------+----------+----------+----------+------------//-------------+
TAG TAG ALIGNMENT SENSITIVITY CATEGORY RANGES
TYPE LENGTH OCTET LEVEL
Figure 6. Tag Type 5 Format
3.4.4.1 Tag Type
This field is one octet in length and has a value of 5.
3.4.4.2 Tag Length
This field is 1 octet in length. It is the total length of the tag type
including the type and length fields. With the current IP header length
restriction of 40 bytes the value within this field is between 4 and 34.
3.4.4.3 Alignment Octet
This field is 1 octet in length and always has the value of 0. Its purpose
is to align the category range field on an even octet boundary. This will
speed many implementations including router implementations.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 6]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
3.4.4.4 Sensitivity Level
This field is 1 octet in length. Its value is from 0 to 255. The values
are ordered with 0 being the minimum value and 255 representing the maximum
value.
3.4.4.5 Category Ranges
A category range is a 4 octet field comprised of the 2 octet index of the
highest numbered category followed by the 2 octet index of the lowest
numbered category. These range endpoints are inclusive within the range of
categories. All categories within a range are included in the sensitivity
label. This tag may contain a maximum of 7 category pairs. The bottom
category endpoint for the last pair in the tag MAY be omitted and SHOULD be
assumed to be 0. The ranges MUST be non-overlapping and be listed in
descending order. Valid values for categories are 0 to 65534. Category
65535 is not a valid category value.
3.4.5 Minimum Requirements
A CIPSO implementation MUST be capable of generating at least tag type 1 in
the non-optimized form. In addition, a CIPSO implementation MUST be able
to receive any valid tag type 1 even those using the optimized tag type 1
format.
4. Configuration Parameters
The configuration parameters defined below are required for all CIPSO hosts,
gateways, and routers that support multiple sensitivity labels. A CIPSO
host is defined to be the origination or destination system for an IP
datagram. A CIPSO gateway provides IP routing services between two or more
IP networks and may be required to perform label translations between
networks. A CIPSO gateway may be an enhanced CIPSO host or it may just
provide gateway services with no end system CIPSO capabilities. A CIPSO
router is a dedicated IP router that routes IP datagrams between two or more
IP networks.
An implementation of CIPSO on a host MUST have the capability to reject a
datagram for reasons that the information contained can not be adequately
protected by the receiving host or if acceptance may result in violation of
the host or network security policy. In addition, a CIPSO gateway or router
MUST be able to reject datagrams going to networks that can not provide
adequate protection or may violate the network's security policy. To
provide this capability the following minimal set of configuration
parameters are required for CIPSO implementations:
HOST_LABEL_MAX - This parameter contains the maximum sensitivity label that
a CIPSO host is authorized to handle. All datagrams that have a label
greater than this maximum MUST be rejected by the CIPSO host. This
parameter does not apply to CIPSO gateways or routers. This parameter need
not be defined explicitly as it can be implicitly derived from the
PORT_LABEL_MAX parameters for the associated interfaces.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 7]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
HOST_LABEL_MIN - This parameter contains the minimum sensitivity label that
a CIPSO host is authorized to handle. All datagrams that have a label less
than this minimum MUST be rejected by the CIPSO host. This parameter does
not apply to CIPSO gateways or routers. This parameter need not be defined
explicitly as it can be implicitly derived from the PORT_LABEL_MIN
parameters for the associated interfaces.
PORT_LABEL_MAX - This parameter contains the maximum sensitivity label for
all datagrams that may exit a particular network interface port. All
outgoing datagrams that have a label greater than this maximum MUST be
rejected by the CIPSO system. The label within this parameter MUST be
less than or equal to the label within the HOST_LABEL_MAX parameter. This
parameter does not apply to CIPSO hosts that support only one network port.
PORT_LABEL_MIN - This parameter contains the minimum sensitivity label for
all datagrams that may exit a particular network interface port. All
outgoing datagrams that have a label less than this minimum MUST be
rejected by the CIPSO system. The label within this parameter MUST be
greater than or equal to the label within the HOST_LABEL_MIN parameter.
This parameter does not apply to CIPSO hosts that support only one network
port.
PORT_DOI - This parameter is used to assign a DOI identifier value to a
particular network interface port. All CIPSO labels within datagrams
going out this port MUST use the specified DOI identifier. All CIPSO
hosts and gateways MUST support either this parameter, the NET_DOI
parameter, or the HOST_DOI parameter.
NET_DOI - This parameter is used to assign a DOI identifier value to a
particular IP network address. All CIPSO labels within datagrams destined
for the particular IP network MUST use the specified DOI identifier. All
CIPSO hosts and gateways MUST support either this parameter, the PORT_DOI
parameter, or the HOST_DOI parameter.
HOST_DOI - This parameter is used to assign a DOI identifier value to a
particular IP host address. All CIPSO labels within datagrams destined for
the particular IP host will use the specified DOI identifier. All CIPSO
hosts and gateways MUST support either this parameter, the PORT_DOI
parameter, or the NET_DOI parameter.
This list represents the minimal set of configuration parameters required
to be compliant. Implementors are encouraged to add to this list to
provide enhanced functionality and control. For example, many security
policies may require both incoming and outgoing datagrams be checked against
the port and host label ranges.
4.1 Port Range Parameters
The labels represented by the PORT_LABEL_MAX and PORT_LABEL_MIN parameters
MAY be in CIPSO or local format. Some CIPSO systems, such as routers, may
want to have the range parameters expressed in CIPSO format so that incoming
labels do not have to be converted to a local format before being compared
against the range. If multiple DOIs are supported by one of these CIPSO
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 8]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
systems then multiple port range parameters would be needed, one set for
each DOI supported on a particular port.
The port range will usually represent the total set of labels that may
exist on the logical network accessed through the corresponding network
interface. It may, however, represent a subset of these labels that are
allowed to enter the CIPSO system.
4.2 Single Label CIPSO Hosts
CIPSO implementations that support only one label are not required to
support the parameters described above. These limited implementations are
only required to support a NET_LABEL parameter. This parameter contains
the CIPSO label that may be inserted in datagrams that exit the host. In
addition, the host MUST reject any incoming datagram that has a label which
is not equivalent to the NET_LABEL parameter.
5. Handling Procedures
This section describes the processing requirements for incoming and
outgoing IP datagrams. Just providing the correct CIPSO label format
is not enough. Assumptions will be made by one system on how a
receiving system will handle the CIPSO label. Wrong assumptions may
lead to non-interoperability or even a security incident. The
requirements described below represent the minimal set needed for
interoperability and that provide users some level of confidence.
Many other requirements could be added to increase user confidence,
however at the risk of restricting creativity and limiting vendor
participation.
5.1 Input Procedures
All datagrams received through a network port MUST have a security label
associated with them, either contained in the datagram or assigned to the
receiving port. Without this label the host, gateway, or router will not
have the information it needs to make security decisions. This security
label will be obtained from the CIPSO if the option is present in the
datagram. See section 4.1.2 for handling procedures for unlabeled
datagrams. This label will be compared against the PORT (if appropriate)
and HOST configuration parameters defined in section 3.
If any field within the CIPSO option, such as the DOI identifier, is not
recognized the IP datagram is discarded and an ICMP "parameter problem"
(type 12) is generated and returned. The ICMP code field is set to "bad
parameter" (code 0) and the pointer is set to the start of the CIPSO field
that is unrecognized.
If the contents of the CIPSO are valid but the security label is
outside of the configured host or port label range, the datagram is
discarded and an ICMP "destination unreachable" (type 3) is generated
and returned. The code field of the ICMP is set to "communication with
destination network administratively prohibited" (code 9) or to
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 9]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
"communication with destination host administratively prohibited"
(code 10). The value of the code field used is dependent upon whether
the originator of the ICMP message is acting as a CIPSO host or a CIPSO
gateway. The recipient of the ICMP message MUST be able to handle either
value. The same procedure is performed if a CIPSO can not be added to an
IP packet because it is too large to fit in the IP options area.
If the error is triggered by receipt of an ICMP message, the message
is discarded and no response is permitted (consistent with general ICMP
processing rules).
5.1.1 Unrecognized tag types
The default condition for any CIPSO implementation is that an
unrecognized tag type MUST be treated as a "parameter problem" and
handled as described in section 4.1. A CIPSO implementation MAY allow
the system administrator to identify tag types that may safely be
ignored. This capability is an allowable enhancement, not a
requirement.
5.1.2 Unlabeled Packets
A network port may be configured to not require a CIPSO label for all
incoming datagrams. For this configuration a CIPSO label must be
assigned to that network port and associated with all unlabeled IP
datagrams. This capability might be used for single level networks or
networks that have CIPSO and non-CIPSO hosts and the non-CIPSO hosts
all operate at the same label.
If a CIPSO option is required and none is found, the datagram is
discarded and an ICMP "parameter problem" (type 12) is generated and
returned to the originator of the datagram. The code field of the ICMP
is set to "option missing" (code 1) and the ICMP pointer is set to 134
(the value of the option type for the missing CIPSO option).
5.2 Output Procedures
A CIPSO option MUST appear only once in a datagram. Only one tag type
from the MAC Sensitivity class MAY be included in a CIPSO option. Given
the current set of defined tag types, this means that CIPSO labels at
first will contain only one tag.
All datagrams leaving a CIPSO system MUST meet the following condition:
PORT_LABEL_MIN <= CIPSO label <= PORT_LABEL_MAX
If this condition is not satisfied the datagram MUST be discarded.
If the CIPSO system only supports one port, the HOST_LABEL_MIN and the
HOST_LABEL_MAX parameters MAY be substituted for the PORT parameters in
the above condition.
The DOI identifier to be used for all outgoing datagrams is configured by
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 10]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
the administrator. If port level DOI identifier assignment is used, then
the PORT_DOI configuration parameter MUST contain the DOI identifier to
use. If network level DOI assignment is used, then the NET_DOI parameter
MUST contain the DOI identifier to use. And if host level DOI assignment
is employed, then the HOST_DOI parameter MUST contain the DOI identifier
to use. A CIPSO implementation need only support one level of DOI
assignment.
5.3 DOI Processing Requirements
A CIPSO implementation MUST support at least one DOI and SHOULD support
multiple DOIs. System and network administrators are cautioned to
ensure that at least one DOI is common within an IP network to allow for
broadcasting of IP datagrams.
CIPSO gateways MUST be capable of translating a CIPSO option from one
DOI to another when forwarding datagrams between networks. For
efficiency purposes this capability is only a desired feature for CIPSO
routers.
5.4 Label of ICMP Messages
The CIPSO label to be used on all outgoing ICMP messages MUST be equivalent
to the label of the datagram that caused the ICMP message. If the ICMP was
generated due to a problem associated with the original CIPSO label then the
following responses are allowed:
a. Use the CIPSO label of the original IP datagram
b. Drop the original datagram with no return message generated
In most cases these options will have the same effect. If you can not
interpret the label or if it is outside the label range of your host or
interface then an ICMP message with the same label will probably not be
able to exit the system.
6. Assignment of DOI Identifier Numbers =
Requests for assignment of a DOI identifier number should be addressed to
the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA).
7. Acknowledgements
Much of the material in this RFC is based on (and copied from) work
done by Gary Winiger of Sun Microsystems and published as Commercial
IP Security Option at the INTEROP 89, Commercial IPSO Workshop.
8. Author's Address
To submit mail for distribution to members of the IETF CIPSO Working
Group, send mail to: cipso@wdl1.wdl.loral.com.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 11]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
To be added to or deleted from this distribution, send mail to:
cipso-request@wdl1.wdl.loral.com.
9. References
RFC 1038, "Draft Revised IP Security Option", M. St. Johns, IETF, January
1988.
RFC 1108, "U.S. Department of Defense Security Options
for the Internet Protocol", Stephen Kent, IAB, 1 March, 1991.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 12]

46
Documentation/netlabel/introduction.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
NetLabel Introduction
==============================================================================
Paul Moore, paul.moore@hp.com
August 2, 2006
* Overview
NetLabel is a mechanism which can be used by kernel security modules to attach
security attributes to outgoing network packets generated from user space
applications and read security attributes from incoming network packets. It
is composed of three main components, the protocol engines, the communication
layer, and the kernel security module API.
* Protocol Engines
The protocol engines are responsible for both applying and retrieving the
network packet's security attributes. If any translation between the network
security attributes and those on the host are required then the protocol
engine will handle those tasks as well. Other kernel subsystems should
refrain from calling the protocol engines directly, instead they should use
the NetLabel kernel security module API described below.
Detailed information about each NetLabel protocol engine can be found in this
directory, consult '00-INDEX' for filenames.
* Communication Layer
The communication layer exists to allow NetLabel configuration and monitoring
from user space. The NetLabel communication layer uses a message based
protocol built on top of the Generic NETLINK transport mechanism. The exact
formatting of these NetLabel messages as well as the Generic NETLINK family
names can be found in the the 'net/netlabel/' directory as comments in the
header files as well as in 'include/net/netlabel.h'.
* Security Module API
The purpose of the NetLabel security module API is to provide a protocol
independent interface to the underlying NetLabel protocol engines. In addition
to protocol independence, the security module API is designed to be completely
LSM independent which should allow multiple LSMs to leverage the same code
base.
Detailed information about the NetLabel security module API can be found in the
'include/net/netlabel.h' header file as well as the 'lsm_interface.txt' file
found in this directory.

47
Documentation/netlabel/lsm_interface.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
NetLabel Linux Security Module Interface
==============================================================================
Paul Moore, paul.moore@hp.com
May 17, 2006
* Overview
NetLabel is a mechanism which can set and retrieve security attributes from
network packets. It is intended to be used by LSM developers who want to make
use of a common code base for several different packet labeling protocols.
The NetLabel security module API is defined in 'include/net/netlabel.h' but a
brief overview is given below.
* NetLabel Security Attributes
Since NetLabel supports multiple different packet labeling protocols and LSMs
it uses the concept of security attributes to refer to the packet's security
labels. The NetLabel security attributes are defined by the
'netlbl_lsm_secattr' structure in the NetLabel header file. Internally the
NetLabel subsystem converts the security attributes to and from the correct
low-level packet label depending on the NetLabel build time and run time
configuration. It is up to the LSM developer to translate the NetLabel
security attributes into whatever security identifiers are in use for their
particular LSM.
* NetLabel LSM Protocol Operations
These are the functions which allow the LSM developer to manipulate the labels
on outgoing packets as well as read the labels on incoming packets. Functions
exist to operate both on sockets as well as the sk_buffs directly. These high
level functions are translated into low level protocol operations based on how
the administrator has configured the NetLabel subsystem.
* NetLabel Label Mapping Cache Operations
Depending on the exact configuration, translation between the network packet
label and the internal LSM security identifier can be time consuming. The
NetLabel label mapping cache is a caching mechanism which can be used to
sidestep much of this overhead once a mapping has been established. Once the
LSM has received a packet, used NetLabel to decode it's security attributes,
and translated the security attributes into a LSM internal identifier the LSM
can use the NetLabel caching functions to associate the LSM internal
identifier with the network packet's label. This means that in the future
when a incoming packet matches a cached value not only are the internal
NetLabel translation mechanisms bypassed but the LSM translation mechanisms are
bypassed as well which should result in a significant reduction in overhead.

46
Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qla3xxx Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
Copyright (c) 2003-2006 QLogic Corporation
QLogic Linux Networking HBA Driver
This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6 that may be
distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file.
You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the
GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
Foundation (version 2 or a later version).
You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file
under the following terms:
1. Redistribution of source code (only if applicable),
must retain the above copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of QLogic Corporation may not be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission
REGARDLESS OF WHAT LICENSING MECHANISM IS USED OR APPLICABLE,
THIS PROGRAM IS PROVIDED BY QLOGIC CORPORATION "AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
USER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT USE OF THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT
CREATE OR GIVE GROUNDS FOR A LICENSE BY IMPLICATION, ESTOPPEL, OR
OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN
ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN
COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM.

38
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
View file

@ -375,6 +375,41 @@ tcp_slow_start_after_idle - BOOLEAN
be timed out after an idle period.
Default: 1
CIPSOv4 Variables:
cipso_cache_enable - BOOLEAN
If set, enable additions to and lookups from the CIPSO label mapping
cache. If unset, additions are ignored and lookups always result in a
miss. However, regardless of the setting the cache is still
invalidated when required when means you can safely toggle this on and
off and the cache will always be "safe".
Default: 1
cipso_cache_bucket_size - INTEGER
The CIPSO label cache consists of a fixed size hash table with each
hash bucket containing a number of cache entries. This variable limits
the number of entries in each hash bucket; the larger the value the
more CIPSO label mappings that can be cached. When the number of
entries in a given hash bucket reaches this limit adding new entries
causes the oldest entry in the bucket to be removed to make room.
Default: 10
cipso_rbm_optfmt - BOOLEAN
Enable the "Optimized Tag 1 Format" as defined in section 3.4.2.6 of
the CIPSO draft specification (see Documentation/netlabel for details).
This means that when set the CIPSO tag will be padded with empty
categories in order to make the packet data 32-bit aligned.
Default: 0
cipso_rbm_structvalid - BOOLEAN
If set, do a very strict check of the CIPSO option when
ip_options_compile() is called. If unset, relax the checks done during
ip_options_compile(). Either way is "safe" as errors are caught else
where in the CIPSO processing code but setting this to 0 (False) should
result in less work (i.e. it should be faster) but could cause problems
with other implementations that require strict checking.
Default: 0
IP Variables:
ip_local_port_range - 2 INTEGERS
@ -730,6 +765,9 @@ conf/all/forwarding - BOOLEAN
This referred to as global forwarding.
proxy_ndp - BOOLEAN
Do proxy ndp.
conf/interface/*:
Change special settings per interface.

14
Documentation/networking/secid.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
flowi structure:
The secid member in the flow structure is used in LSMs (e.g. SELinux) to indicate
the label of the flow. This label of the flow is currently used in selecting
matching labeled xfrm(s).
If this is an outbound flow, the label is derived from the socket, if any, or
the incoming packet this flow is being generated as a response to (e.g. tcp
resets, timewait ack, etc.). It is also conceivable that the label could be
derived from other sources such as process context, device, etc., in special
cases, as may be appropriate.
If this is an inbound flow, the label is derived from the IPSec security
associations, if any, used by the packet.

56
Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.arcmsr Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
**************************************************************************
** History
**
** REV# DATE NAME DESCRIPTION
** 1.00.00.00 3/31/2004 Erich Chen First release
** 1.10.00.04 7/28/2004 Erich Chen modify for ioctl
** 1.10.00.06 8/28/2004 Erich Chen modify for 2.6.x
** 1.10.00.08 9/28/2004 Erich Chen modify for x86_64
** 1.10.00.10 10/10/2004 Erich Chen bug fix for SMP & ioctl
** 1.20.00.00 11/29/2004 Erich Chen bug fix with arcmsr_bus_reset when PHY error
** 1.20.00.02 12/09/2004 Erich Chen bug fix with over 2T bytes RAID Volume
** 1.20.00.04 1/09/2005 Erich Chen fits for Debian linux kernel version 2.2.xx
** 1.20.00.05 2/20/2005 Erich Chen cleanly as look like a Linux driver at 2.6.x
** thanks for peoples kindness comment
** Kornel Wieliczek
** Christoph Hellwig
** Adrian Bunk
** Andrew Morton
** Christoph Hellwig
** James Bottomley
** Arjan van de Ven
** 1.20.00.06 3/12/2005 Erich Chen fix with arcmsr_pci_unmap_dma "unsigned long" cast,
** modify PCCB POOL allocated by "dma_alloc_coherent"
** (Kornel Wieliczek's comment)
** 1.20.00.07 3/23/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with arcmsr_scsi_host_template_init
** occur segmentation fault,
** if RAID adapter does not on PCI slot
** and modprobe/rmmod this driver twice.
** bug fix enormous stack usage (Adrian Bunk's comment)
** 1.20.00.08 6/23/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with abort command,
** in case of heavy loading when sata cable
** working on low quality connection
** 1.20.00.09 9/12/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with abort command handling, firmware version check
** and firmware update notify for hardware bug fix
** 1.20.00.10 9/23/2005 Erich Chen enhance sysfs function for change driver's max tag Q number.
** add DMA_64BIT_MASK for backward compatible with all 2.6.x
** add some useful message for abort command
** add ioctl code 'ARCMSR_IOCTL_FLUSH_ADAPTER_CACHE'
** customer can send this command for sync raid volume data
** 1.20.00.11 9/29/2005 Erich Chen by comment of Arjan van de Ven fix incorrect msleep redefine
** cast off sizeof(dma_addr_t) condition for 64bit pci_set_dma_mask
** 1.20.00.12 9/30/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with 64bit platform's ccbs using if over 4G system memory
** change 64bit pci_set_consistent_dma_mask into 32bit
** increcct adapter count if adapter initialize fail.
** miss edit at arcmsr_build_ccb....
** psge += sizeof(struct _SG64ENTRY *) =>
** psge += sizeof(struct _SG64ENTRY)
** 64 bits sg entry would be incorrectly calculated
** thanks Kornel Wieliczek give me kindly notify
** and detail description
** 1.20.00.13 11/15/2005 Erich Chen scheduling pending ccb with FIFO
** change the architecture of arcmsr command queue list
** for linux standard list
** enable usage of pci message signal interrupt
** follow Randy.Danlup kindness suggestion cleanup this code
**************************************************************************

77
Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt
View file

@ -11,38 +11,43 @@ the original).
Supported Cards/Chipsets
-------------------------
PCI ID (pci.ids) OEM Product
9005:0285:9005:028a Adaptec 2020ZCR (Skyhawk)
9005:0285:9005:028e Adaptec 2020SA (Skyhawk)
9005:0285:9005:028b Adaptec 2025ZCR (Terminator)
9005:0285:9005:028f Adaptec 2025SA (Terminator)
9005:0285:9005:0286 Adaptec 2120S (Crusader)
9005:0286:9005:028d Adaptec 2130S (Lancer)
9005:0285:9005:0285 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan)
9005:0285:9005:0287 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan-2m)
9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230S (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230SLP (Lancer)
9005:0285:9005:0296 Adaptec 2240S (SabreExpress)
9005:0285:9005:0290 Adaptec 2410SA (Jaguar)
9005:0285:9005:0293 Adaptec 21610SA (Corsair-16)
9005:0285:103c:3227 Adaptec 2610SA (Bearcat HP release)
9005:0285:9005:0292 Adaptec 2810SA (Corsair-8)
9005:0285:9005:0294 Adaptec Prowler
9005:0286:9005:029d Adaptec 2420SA (Intruder HP release)
9005:0286:9005:029c Adaptec 2620SA (Intruder)
9005:0286:9005:029b Adaptec 2820SA (Intruder)
9005:0286:9005:02a7 Adaptec 2830SA (Skyray)
9005:0286:9005:02a8 Adaptec 2430SA (Skyray)
9005:0285:9005:0288 Adaptec 3230S (Harrier)
9005:0285:9005:0289 Adaptec 3240S (Tornado)
9005:0285:9005:0298 Adaptec 4000SAS (BlackBird)
9005:0285:9005:0297 Adaptec 4005SAS (AvonPark)
9005:0285:9005:0299 Adaptec 4800SAS (Marauder-X)
9005:0285:9005:029a Adaptec 4805SAS (Marauder-E)
9005:0286:9005:02a2 Adaptec 3800SAS (Hurricane44)
1011:0046:9005:0364 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
1011:0046:9005:0365 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
9005:0283:9005:0283 Adaptec Catapult (3210S with arc firmware)
9005:0284:9005:0284 Adaptec Tomcat (3410S with arc firmware)
9005:0285:9005:0285 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan)
9005:0285:9005:0286 Adaptec 2120S (Crusader)
9005:0285:9005:0287 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan-2m)
9005:0285:9005:0288 Adaptec 3230S (Harrier)
9005:0285:9005:0289 Adaptec 3240S (Tornado)
9005:0285:9005:028a Adaptec 2020ZCR (Skyhawk)
9005:0285:9005:028b Adaptec 2025ZCR (Terminator)
9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230S (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230SLP (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:028d Adaptec 2130S (Lancer)
9005:0285:9005:028e Adaptec 2020SA (Skyhawk)
9005:0285:9005:028f Adaptec 2025SA (Terminator)
9005:0285:9005:0290 Adaptec 2410SA (Jaguar)
9005:0285:103c:3227 Adaptec 2610SA (Bearcat HP release)
9005:0285:9005:0293 Adaptec 21610SA (Corsair-16)
9005:0285:9005:0296 Adaptec 2240S (SabreExpress)
9005:0285:9005:0292 Adaptec 2810SA (Corsair-8)
9005:0285:9005:0294 Adaptec Prowler
9005:0285:9005:0297 Adaptec 4005SAS (AvonPark)
9005:0285:9005:0298 Adaptec 4000SAS (BlackBird)
9005:0285:9005:0299 Adaptec 4800SAS (Marauder-X)
9005:0285:9005:029a Adaptec 4805SAS (Marauder-E)
9005:0286:9005:029b Adaptec 2820SA (Intruder)
9005:0286:9005:029c Adaptec 2620SA (Intruder)
9005:0286:9005:029d Adaptec 2420SA (Intruder HP release)
9005:0286:9005:02a2 Adaptec 3800SAS (Hurricane44)
9005:0286:9005:02a7 Adaptec 3805SAS (Hurricane80)
9005:0286:9005:02a8 Adaptec 3400SAS (Hurricane40)
9005:0286:9005:02ac Adaptec 1800SAS (Typhoon44)
9005:0286:9005:02b3 Adaptec 2400SAS (Hurricane40lm)
9005:0285:9005:02b5 Adaptec ASR5800 (Voodoo44)
9005:0285:9005:02b6 Adaptec ASR5805 (Voodoo80)
9005:0285:9005:02b7 Adaptec ASR5808 (Voodoo08)
1011:0046:9005:0364 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
1011:0046:9005:0365 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
9005:0287:9005:0800 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter)
9005:0200:9005:0200 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter)
9005:0286:9005:0800 Adaptec Callisto (Jupiter)
@ -64,18 +69,20 @@ Supported Cards/Chipsets
9005:0285:9005:0290 IBM ServeRAID 7t (Jaguar)
9005:0285:1014:02F2 IBM ServeRAID 8i (AvonPark)
9005:0285:1014:0312 IBM ServeRAID 8i (AvonParkLite)
9005:0286:1014:9580 IBM ServeRAID 8k/8k-l8 (Aurora)
9005:0286:1014:9540 IBM ServeRAID 8k/8k-l4 (AuroraLite)
9005:0286:9005:029f ICP ICP9014R0 (Lancer)
9005:0286:1014:9580 IBM ServeRAID 8k/8k-l8 (Aurora)
9005:0286:1014:034d IBM ServeRAID 8s (Hurricane)
9005:0286:9005:029e ICP ICP9024R0 (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:029f ICP ICP9014R0 (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:02a0 ICP ICP9047MA (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:02a1 ICP ICP9087MA (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:02a3 ICP ICP5445AU (Hurricane44)
9005:0286:9005:02a4 ICP ICP9085LI (Marauder-X)
9005:0286:9005:02a5 ICP ICP5085BR (Marauder-E)
9005:0286:9005:02a3 ICP ICP5445AU (Hurricane44)
9005:0286:9005:02a6 ICP ICP9067MA (Intruder-6)
9005:0286:9005:02a9 ICP ICP5087AU (Skyray)
9005:0286:9005:02aa ICP ICP5047AU (Skyray)
9005:0286:9005:02a9 ICP ICP5085AU (Hurricane80)
9005:0286:9005:02aa ICP ICP5045AU (Hurricane40)
9005:0286:9005:02b4 ICP ICP5045AL (Hurricane40lm)
People
-------------------------

574
Documentation/scsi/arcmsr_spec.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
*******************************************************************************
** ARECA FIRMWARE SPEC
*******************************************************************************
** Usage of IOP331 adapter
** (All In/Out is in IOP331's view)
** 1. Message 0 --> InitThread message and retrun code
** 2. Doorbell is used for RS-232 emulation
** inDoorBell : bit0 -- data in ready
** (DRIVER DATA WRITE OK)
** bit1 -- data out has been read
** (DRIVER DATA READ OK)
** outDooeBell: bit0 -- data out ready
** (IOP331 DATA WRITE OK)
** bit1 -- data in has been read
** (IOP331 DATA READ OK)
** 3. Index Memory Usage
** offset 0xf00 : for RS232 out (request buffer)
** offset 0xe00 : for RS232 in (scratch buffer)
** offset 0xa00 : for inbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (driver send to IOP331)
** offset 0xa00 : for outbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (IOP331 send to driver)
** 4. RS-232 emulation
** Currently 128 byte buffer is used
** 1st uint32_t : Data length (1--124)
** Byte 4--127 : Max 124 bytes of data
** 5. PostQ
** All SCSI Command must be sent through postQ:
** (inbound queue port) Request frame must be 32 bytes aligned
** #bit27--bit31 => flag for post ccb
** #bit0--bit26 => real address (bit27--bit31) of post arcmsr_cdb
** bit31 :
** 0 : 256 bytes frame
** 1 : 512 bytes frame
** bit30 :
** 0 : normal request
** 1 : BIOS request
** bit29 : reserved
** bit28 : reserved
** bit27 : reserved
** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
** (outbount queue port) Request reply
** #bit27--bit31
** => flag for reply
** #bit0--bit26
** => real address (bit27--bit31) of reply arcmsr_cdb
** bit31 : must be 0 (for this type of reply)
** bit30 : reserved for BIOS handshake
** bit29 : reserved
** bit28 :
** 0 : no error, ignore AdapStatus/DevStatus/SenseData
** 1 : Error, error code in AdapStatus/DevStatus/SenseData
** bit27 : reserved
** 6. BIOS request
** All BIOS request is the same with request from PostQ
** Except :
** Request frame is sent from configuration space
** offset: 0x78 : Request Frame (bit30 == 1)
** offset: 0x18 : writeonly to generate
** IRQ to IOP331
** Completion of request:
** (bit30 == 0, bit28==err flag)
** 7. Definition of SGL entry (structure)
** 8. Message1 Out - Diag Status Code (????)
** 9. Message0 message code :
** 0x00 : NOP
** 0x01 : Get Config
** ->offset 0xa00 :for outbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (IOP331 send to driver)
** Signature 0x87974060(4)
** Request len 0x00000200(4)
** numbers of queue 0x00000100(4)
** SDRAM Size 0x00000100(4)-->256 MB
** IDE Channels 0x00000008(4)
** vendor 40 bytes char
** model 8 bytes char
** FirmVer 16 bytes char
** Device Map 16 bytes char
** FirmwareVersion DWORD <== Added for checking of
** new firmware capability
** 0x02 : Set Config
** ->offset 0xa00 :for inbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (driver send to IOP331)
** Signature 0x87974063(4)
** UPPER32 of Request Frame (4)-->Driver Only
** 0x03 : Reset (Abort all queued Command)
** 0x04 : Stop Background Activity
** 0x05 : Flush Cache
** 0x06 : Start Background Activity
** (re-start if background is halted)
** 0x07 : Check If Host Command Pending
** (Novell May Need This Function)
** 0x08 : Set controller time
** ->offset 0xa00 : for inbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (driver to IOP331)
** byte 0 : 0xaa <-- signature
** byte 1 : 0x55 <-- signature
** byte 2 : year (04)
** byte 3 : month (1..12)
** byte 4 : date (1..31)
** byte 5 : hour (0..23)
** byte 6 : minute (0..59)
** byte 7 : second (0..59)
*******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
** RS-232 Interface for Areca Raid Controller
** The low level command interface is exclusive with VT100 terminal
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** 1. Sequence of command execution
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** (A) Header : 3 bytes sequence (0x5E, 0x01, 0x61)
** (B) Command block : variable length of data including length,
** command code, data and checksum byte
** (C) Return data : variable length of data
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** 2. Command block
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** (A) 1st byte : command block length (low byte)
** (B) 2nd byte : command block length (high byte)
** note ..command block length shouldn't > 2040 bytes,
** length excludes these two bytes
** (C) 3rd byte : command code
** (D) 4th and following bytes : variable length data bytes
** depends on command code
** (E) last byte : checksum byte (sum of 1st byte until last data byte)
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** 3. Command code and associated data
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** The following are command code defined in raid controller Command
** code 0x10--0x1? are used for system level management,
** no password checking is needed and should be implemented in separate
** well controlled utility and not for end user access.
** Command code 0x20--0x?? always check the password,
** password must be entered to enable these command.
** enum
** {
** GUI_SET_SERIAL=0x10,
** GUI_SET_VENDOR,
** GUI_SET_MODEL,
** GUI_IDENTIFY,
** GUI_CHECK_PASSWORD,
** GUI_LOGOUT,
** GUI_HTTP,
** GUI_SET_ETHERNET_ADDR,
** GUI_SET_LOGO,
** GUI_POLL_EVENT,
** GUI_GET_EVENT,
** GUI_GET_HW_MONITOR,
** // GUI_QUICK_CREATE=0x20, (function removed)
** GUI_GET_INFO_R=0x20,
** GUI_GET_INFO_V,
** GUI_GET_INFO_P,
** GUI_GET_INFO_S,
** GUI_CLEAR_EVENT,
** GUI_MUTE_BEEPER=0x30,
** GUI_BEEPER_SETTING,
** GUI_SET_PASSWORD,
** GUI_HOST_INTERFACE_MODE,
** GUI_REBUILD_PRIORITY,
** GUI_MAX_ATA_MODE,
** GUI_RESET_CONTROLLER,
** GUI_COM_PORT_SETTING,
** GUI_NO_OPERATION,
** GUI_DHCP_IP,
** GUI_CREATE_PASS_THROUGH=0x40,
** GUI_MODIFY_PASS_THROUGH,
** GUI_DELETE_PASS_THROUGH,
** GUI_IDENTIFY_DEVICE,
** GUI_CREATE_RAIDSET=0x50,
** GUI_DELETE_RAIDSET,
** GUI_EXPAND_RAIDSET,
** GUI_ACTIVATE_RAIDSET,
** GUI_CREATE_HOT_SPARE,
** GUI_DELETE_HOT_SPARE,
** GUI_CREATE_VOLUME=0x60,
** GUI_MODIFY_VOLUME,
** GUI_DELETE_VOLUME,
** GUI_START_CHECK_VOLUME,
** GUI_STOP_CHECK_VOLUME
** };
** Command description :
** GUI_SET_SERIAL : Set the controller serial#
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x10
** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x0f)
** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcATecHnoLogY"
** byte 0x14--0x23 : Serial number string (must be 16 bytes)
** GUI_SET_VENDOR : Set vendor string for the controller
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x11
** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x08)
** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcAvAr"
** byte 0x14--0x3B : vendor string (must be 40 bytes)
** GUI_SET_MODEL : Set the model name of the controller
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x12
** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x08)
** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcAvAr"
** byte 0x14--0x1B : model string (must be 8 bytes)
** GUI_IDENTIFY : Identify device
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x13
** return "Areca RAID Subsystem "
** GUI_CHECK_PASSWORD : Verify password
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x14
** byte 3 : password length
** byte 4-0x?? : user password to be checked
** GUI_LOGOUT : Logout GUI (force password checking on next command)
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x15
** GUI_HTTP : HTTP interface (reserved for Http proxy service)(0x16)
**
** GUI_SET_ETHERNET_ADDR : Set the ethernet MAC address
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x17
** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x08)
** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcAvAr"
** byte 0x14--0x19 : Ethernet MAC address (must be 6 bytes)
** GUI_SET_LOGO : Set logo in HTTP
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x18
** byte 3 : Page# (0/1/2/3) (0xff --> clear OEM logo)
** byte 4/5/6/7 : 0x55/0xaa/0xa5/0x5a
** byte 8 : TITLE.JPG data (each page must be 2000 bytes)
** note page0 1st 2 byte must be
** actual length of the JPG file
** GUI_POLL_EVENT : Poll If Event Log Changed
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x19
** GUI_GET_EVENT : Read Event
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x1a
** byte 3 : Event Page (0:1st page/1/2/3:last page)
** GUI_GET_HW_MONITOR : Get HW monitor data
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x1b
** byte 3 : # of FANs(example 2)
** byte 4 : # of Voltage sensor(example 3)
** byte 5 : # of temperature sensor(example 2)
** byte 6 : # of power
** byte 7/8 : Fan#0 (RPM)
** byte 9/10 : Fan#1
** byte 11/12 : Voltage#0 original value in *1000
** byte 13/14 : Voltage#0 value
** byte 15/16 : Voltage#1 org
** byte 17/18 : Voltage#1
** byte 19/20 : Voltage#2 org
** byte 21/22 : Voltage#2
** byte 23 : Temp#0
** byte 24 : Temp#1
** byte 25 : Power indicator (bit0 : power#0,
** bit1 : power#1)
** byte 26 : UPS indicator
** GUI_QUICK_CREATE : Quick create raid/volume set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x20
** byte 3/4/5/6 : raw capacity
** byte 7 : raid level
** byte 8 : stripe size
** byte 9 : spare
** byte 10/11/12/13: device mask (the devices to create raid/volume)
** This function is removed, application like
** to implement quick create function
** need to use GUI_CREATE_RAIDSET and GUI_CREATE_VOLUMESET function.
** GUI_GET_INFO_R : Get Raid Set Information
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x20
** byte 3 : raidset#
** typedef struct sGUI_RAIDSET
** {
** BYTE grsRaidSetName[16];
** DWORD grsCapacity;
** DWORD grsCapacityX;
** DWORD grsFailMask;
** BYTE grsDevArray[32];
** BYTE grsMemberDevices;
** BYTE grsNewMemberDevices;
** BYTE grsRaidState;
** BYTE grsVolumes;
** BYTE grsVolumeList[16];
** BYTE grsRes1;
** BYTE grsRes2;
** BYTE grsRes3;
** BYTE grsFreeSegments;
** DWORD grsRawStripes[8];
** DWORD grsRes4;
** DWORD grsRes5; // Total to 128 bytes
** DWORD grsRes6; // Total to 128 bytes
** } sGUI_RAIDSET, *pGUI_RAIDSET;
** GUI_GET_INFO_V : Get Volume Set Information
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x21
** byte 3 : volumeset#
** typedef struct sGUI_VOLUMESET
** {
** BYTE gvsVolumeName[16]; // 16
** DWORD gvsCapacity;
** DWORD gvsCapacityX;
** DWORD gvsFailMask;
** DWORD gvsStripeSize;
** DWORD gvsNewFailMask;
** DWORD gvsNewStripeSize;
** DWORD gvsVolumeStatus;
** DWORD gvsProgress; // 32
** sSCSI_ATTR gvsScsi;
** BYTE gvsMemberDisks;
** BYTE gvsRaidLevel; // 8
** BYTE gvsNewMemberDisks;
** BYTE gvsNewRaidLevel;
** BYTE gvsRaidSetNumber;
** BYTE gvsRes0; // 4
** BYTE gvsRes1[4]; // 64 bytes
** } sGUI_VOLUMESET, *pGUI_VOLUMESET;
** GUI_GET_INFO_P : Get Physical Drive Information
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x22
** byte 3 : drive # (from 0 to max-channels - 1)
** typedef struct sGUI_PHY_DRV
** {
** BYTE gpdModelName[40];
** BYTE gpdSerialNumber[20];
** BYTE gpdFirmRev[8];
** DWORD gpdCapacity;
** DWORD gpdCapacityX; // Reserved for expansion
** BYTE gpdDeviceState;
** BYTE gpdPioMode;
** BYTE gpdCurrentUdmaMode;
** BYTE gpdUdmaMode;
** BYTE gpdDriveSelect;
** BYTE gpdRaidNumber; // 0xff if not belongs to a raid set
** sSCSI_ATTR gpdScsi;
** BYTE gpdReserved[40]; // Total to 128 bytes
** } sGUI_PHY_DRV, *pGUI_PHY_DRV;
** GUI_GET_INFO_S : Get System Information
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x23
** typedef struct sCOM_ATTR
** {
** BYTE comBaudRate;
** BYTE comDataBits;
** BYTE comStopBits;
** BYTE comParity;
** BYTE comFlowControl;
** } sCOM_ATTR, *pCOM_ATTR;
** typedef struct sSYSTEM_INFO
** {
** BYTE gsiVendorName[40];
** BYTE gsiSerialNumber[16];
** BYTE gsiFirmVersion[16];
** BYTE gsiBootVersion[16];
** BYTE gsiMbVersion[16];
** BYTE gsiModelName[8];
** BYTE gsiLocalIp[4];
** BYTE gsiCurrentIp[4];
** DWORD gsiTimeTick;
** DWORD gsiCpuSpeed;
** DWORD gsiICache;
** DWORD gsiDCache;
** DWORD gsiScache;
** DWORD gsiMemorySize;
** DWORD gsiMemorySpeed;
** DWORD gsiEvents;
** BYTE gsiMacAddress[6];
** BYTE gsiDhcp;
** BYTE gsiBeeper;
** BYTE gsiChannelUsage;
** BYTE gsiMaxAtaMode;
** BYTE gsiSdramEcc; // 1:if ECC enabled
** BYTE gsiRebuildPriority;
** sCOM_ATTR gsiComA; // 5 bytes
** sCOM_ATTR gsiComB; // 5 bytes
** BYTE gsiIdeChannels;
** BYTE gsiScsiHostChannels;
** BYTE gsiIdeHostChannels;
** BYTE gsiMaxVolumeSet;
** BYTE gsiMaxRaidSet;
** BYTE gsiEtherPort; // 1:if ether net port supported
** BYTE gsiRaid6Engine; // 1:Raid6 engine supported
** BYTE gsiRes[75];
** } sSYSTEM_INFO, *pSYSTEM_INFO;
** GUI_CLEAR_EVENT : Clear System Event
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x24
** GUI_MUTE_BEEPER : Mute current beeper
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x30
** GUI_BEEPER_SETTING : Disable beeper
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x31
** byte 3 : 0->disable, 1->enable
** GUI_SET_PASSWORD : Change password
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x32
** byte 3 : pass word length ( must <= 15 )
** byte 4 : password (must be alpha-numerical)
** GUI_HOST_INTERFACE_MODE : Set host interface mode
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x33
** byte 3 : 0->Independent, 1->cluster
** GUI_REBUILD_PRIORITY : Set rebuild priority
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x34
** byte 3 : 0/1/2/3 (low->high)
** GUI_MAX_ATA_MODE : Set maximum ATA mode to be used
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x35
** byte 3 : 0/1/2/3 (133/100/66/33)
** GUI_RESET_CONTROLLER : Reset Controller
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x36
** *Response with VT100 screen (discard it)
** GUI_COM_PORT_SETTING : COM port setting
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x37
** byte 3 : 0->COMA (term port),
** 1->COMB (debug port)
** byte 4 : 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7
** (1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/38400/57600/115200)
** byte 5 : data bit
** (0:7 bit, 1:8 bit : must be 8 bit)
** byte 6 : stop bit (0:1, 1:2 stop bits)
** byte 7 : parity (0:none, 1:off, 2:even)
** byte 8 : flow control
** (0:none, 1:xon/xoff, 2:hardware => must use none)
** GUI_NO_OPERATION : No operation
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x38
** GUI_DHCP_IP : Set DHCP option and local IP address
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x39
** byte 3 : 0:dhcp disabled, 1:dhcp enabled
** byte 4/5/6/7 : IP address
** GUI_CREATE_PASS_THROUGH : Create pass through disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x40
** byte 3 : device #
** byte 4 : scsi channel (0/1)
** byte 5 : scsi id (0-->15)
** byte 6 : scsi lun (0-->7)
** byte 7 : tagged queue (1 : enabled)
** byte 8 : cache mode (1 : enabled)
** byte 9 : max speed (0/1/2/3/4,
** async/20/40/80/160 for scsi)
** (0/1/2/3/4, 33/66/100/133/150 for ide )
** GUI_MODIFY_PASS_THROUGH : Modify pass through disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x41
** byte 3 : device #
** byte 4 : scsi channel (0/1)
** byte 5 : scsi id (0-->15)
** byte 6 : scsi lun (0-->7)
** byte 7 : tagged queue (1 : enabled)
** byte 8 : cache mode (1 : enabled)
** byte 9 : max speed (0/1/2/3/4,
** async/20/40/80/160 for scsi)
** (0/1/2/3/4, 33/66/100/133/150 for ide )
** GUI_DELETE_PASS_THROUGH : Delete pass through disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x42
** byte 3 : device# to be deleted
** GUI_IDENTIFY_DEVICE : Identify Device
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x43
** byte 3 : Flash Method
** (0:flash selected, 1:flash not selected)
** byte 4/5/6/7 : IDE device mask to be flashed
** note .... no response data available
** GUI_CREATE_RAIDSET : Create Raid Set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x50
** byte 3/4/5/6 : device mask
** byte 7-22 : raidset name (if byte 7 == 0:use default)
** GUI_DELETE_RAIDSET : Delete Raid Set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x51
** byte 3 : raidset#
** GUI_EXPAND_RAIDSET : Expand Raid Set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x52
** byte 3 : raidset#
** byte 4/5/6/7 : device mask for expansion
** byte 8/9/10 : (8:0 no change, 1 change, 0xff:terminate,
** 9:new raid level,
** 10:new stripe size
** 0/1/2/3/4/5->4/8/16/32/64/128K )
** byte 11/12/13 : repeat for each volume in the raidset
** GUI_ACTIVATE_RAIDSET : Activate incomplete raid set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x53
** byte 3 : raidset#
** GUI_CREATE_HOT_SPARE : Create hot spare disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x54
** byte 3/4/5/6 : device mask for hot spare creation
** GUI_DELETE_HOT_SPARE : Delete hot spare disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x55
** byte 3/4/5/6 : device mask for hot spare deletion
** GUI_CREATE_VOLUME : Create volume set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x60
** byte 3 : raidset#
** byte 4-19 : volume set name
** (if byte4 == 0, use default)
** byte 20-27 : volume capacity (blocks)
** byte 28 : raid level
** byte 29 : stripe size
** (0/1/2/3/4/5->4/8/16/32/64/128K)
** byte 30 : channel
** byte 31 : ID
** byte 32 : LUN
** byte 33 : 1 enable tag
** byte 34 : 1 enable cache
** byte 35 : speed
** (0/1/2/3/4->async/20/40/80/160 for scsi)
** (0/1/2/3/4->33/66/100/133/150 for IDE )
** byte 36 : 1 to select quick init
**
** GUI_MODIFY_VOLUME : Modify volume Set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x61
** byte 3 : volumeset#
** byte 4-19 : new volume set name
** (if byte4 == 0, not change)
** byte 20-27 : new volume capacity (reserved)
** byte 28 : new raid level
** byte 29 : new stripe size
** (0/1/2/3/4/5->4/8/16/32/64/128K)
** byte 30 : new channel
** byte 31 : new ID
** byte 32 : new LUN
** byte 33 : 1 enable tag
** byte 34 : 1 enable cache
** byte 35 : speed
** (0/1/2/3/4->async/20/40/80/160 for scsi)
** (0/1/2/3/4->33/66/100/133/150 for IDE )
** GUI_DELETE_VOLUME : Delete volume set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x62
** byte 3 : volumeset#
** GUI_START_CHECK_VOLUME : Start volume consistency check
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x63
** byte 3 : volumeset#
** GUI_STOP_CHECK_VOLUME : Stop volume consistency check
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x64
** ---------------------------------------------------------------------
** 4. Returned data
** ---------------------------------------------------------------------
** (A) Header : 3 bytes sequence (0x5E, 0x01, 0x61)
** (B) Length : 2 bytes
** (low byte 1st, excludes length and checksum byte)
** (C) status or data :
** <1> If length == 1 ==> 1 byte status code
** #define GUI_OK 0x41
** #define GUI_RAIDSET_NOT_NORMAL 0x42
** #define GUI_VOLUMESET_NOT_NORMAL 0x43
** #define GUI_NO_RAIDSET 0x44
** #define GUI_NO_VOLUMESET 0x45
** #define GUI_NO_PHYSICAL_DRIVE 0x46
** #define GUI_PARAMETER_ERROR 0x47
** #define GUI_UNSUPPORTED_COMMAND 0x48
** #define GUI_DISK_CONFIG_CHANGED 0x49
** #define GUI_INVALID_PASSWORD 0x4a
** #define GUI_NO_DISK_SPACE 0x4b
** #define GUI_CHECKSUM_ERROR 0x4c
** #define GUI_PASSWORD_REQUIRED 0x4d
** <2> If length > 1 ==>
** data block returned from controller
** and the contents depends on the command code
** (E) Checksum : checksum of length and status or data byte
**************************************************************************

484
Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
SAS Layer
---------
The SAS Layer is a management infrastructure which manages
SAS LLDDs. It sits between SCSI Core and SAS LLDDs. The
layout is as follows: while SCSI Core is concerned with
SAM/SPC issues, and a SAS LLDD+sequencer is concerned with
phy/OOB/link management, the SAS layer is concerned with:
* SAS Phy/Port/HA event management (LLDD generates,
SAS Layer processes),
* SAS Port management (creation/destruction),
* SAS Domain discovery and revalidation,
* SAS Domain device management,
* SCSI Host registration/unregistration,
* Device registration with SCSI Core (SAS) or libata
(SATA), and
* Expander management and exporting expander control
to user space.
A SAS LLDD is a PCI device driver. It is concerned with
phy/OOB management, and vendor specific tasks and generates
events to the SAS layer.
The SAS Layer does most SAS tasks as outlined in the SAS 1.1
spec.
The sas_ha_struct describes the SAS LLDD to the SAS layer.
Most of it is used by the SAS Layer but a few fields need to
be initialized by the LLDDs.
After initializing your hardware, from the probe() function
you call sas_register_ha(). It will register your LLDD with
the SCSI subsystem, creating a SCSI host and it will
register your SAS driver with the sysfs SAS tree it creates.
It will then return. Then you enable your phys to actually
start OOB (at which point your driver will start calling the
notify_* event callbacks).
Structure descriptions:
struct sas_phy --------------------
Normally this is statically embedded to your driver's
phy structure:
struct my_phy {
blah;
struct sas_phy sas_phy;
bleh;
};
And then all the phys are an array of my_phy in your HA
struct (shown below).
Then as you go along and initialize your phys you also
initialize the sas_phy struct, along with your own
phy structure.
In general, the phys are managed by the LLDD and the ports
are managed by the SAS layer. So the phys are initialized
and updated by the LLDD and the ports are initialized and
updated by the SAS layer.
There is a scheme where the LLDD can RW certain fields,
and the SAS layer can only read such ones, and vice versa.
The idea is to avoid unnecessary locking.
enabled -- must be set (0/1)
id -- must be set [0,MAX_PHYS)
class, proto, type, role, oob_mode, linkrate -- must be set
oob_mode -- you set this when OOB has finished and then notify
the SAS Layer.
sas_addr -- this normally points to an array holding the sas
address of the phy, possibly somewhere in your my_phy
struct.
attached_sas_addr -- set this when you (LLDD) receive an
IDENTIFY frame or a FIS frame, _before_ notifying the SAS
layer. The idea is that sometimes the LLDD may want to fake
or provide a different SAS address on that phy/port and this
allows it to do this. At best you should copy the sas
address from the IDENTIFY frame or maybe generate a SAS
address for SATA directly attached devices. The Discover
process may later change this.
frame_rcvd -- this is where you copy the IDENTIFY/FIS frame
when you get it; you lock, copy, set frame_rcvd_size and
unlock the lock, and then call the event. It is a pointer
since there's no way to know your hw frame size _exactly_,
so you define the actual array in your phy struct and let
this pointer point to it. You copy the frame from your
DMAable memory to that area holding the lock.
sas_prim -- this is where primitives go when they're
received. See sas.h. Grab the lock, set the primitive,
release the lock, notify.
port -- this points to the sas_port if the phy belongs
to a port -- the LLDD only reads this. It points to the
sas_port this phy is part of. Set by the SAS Layer.
ha -- may be set; the SAS layer sets it anyway.
lldd_phy -- you should set this to point to your phy so you
can find your way around faster when the SAS layer calls one
of your callbacks and passes you a phy. If the sas_phy is
embedded you can also use container_of -- whatever you
prefer.
struct sas_port --------------------
The LLDD doesn't set any fields of this struct -- it only
reads them. They should be self explanatory.
phy_mask is 32 bit, this should be enough for now, as I
haven't heard of a HA having more than 8 phys.
lldd_port -- I haven't found use for that -- maybe other
LLDD who wish to have internal port representation can make
use of this.
struct sas_ha_struct --------------------
It normally is statically declared in your own LLDD
structure describing your adapter:
struct my_sas_ha {
blah;
struct sas_ha_struct sas_ha;
struct my_phy phys[MAX_PHYS];
struct sas_port sas_ports[MAX_PHYS]; /* (1) */
bleh;
};
(1) If your LLDD doesn't have its own port representation.
What needs to be initialized (sample function given below).
pcidev
sas_addr -- since the SAS layer doesn't want to mess with
memory allocation, etc, this points to statically
allocated array somewhere (say in your host adapter
structure) and holds the SAS address of the host
adapter as given by you or the manufacturer, etc.
sas_port
sas_phy -- an array of pointers to structures. (see
note above on sas_addr).
These must be set. See more notes below.
num_phys -- the number of phys present in the sas_phy array,
and the number of ports present in the sas_port
array. There can be a maximum num_phys ports (one per
port) so we drop the num_ports, and only use
num_phys.
The event interface:
/* LLDD calls these to notify the class of an event. */
void (*notify_ha_event)(struct sas_ha_struct *, enum ha_event);
void (*notify_port_event)(struct sas_phy *, enum port_event);
void (*notify_phy_event)(struct sas_phy *, enum phy_event);
When sas_register_ha() returns, those are set and can be
called by the LLDD to notify the SAS layer of such events
the SAS layer.
The port notification:
/* The class calls these to notify the LLDD of an event. */
void (*lldd_port_formed)(struct sas_phy *);
void (*lldd_port_deformed)(struct sas_phy *);
If the LLDD wants notification when a port has been formed
or deformed it sets those to a function satisfying the type.
A SAS LLDD should also implement at least one of the Task
Management Functions (TMFs) described in SAM:
/* Task Management Functions. Must be called from process context. */
int (*lldd_abort_task)(struct sas_task *);
int (*lldd_abort_task_set)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun);
int (*lldd_clear_aca)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun);
int (*lldd_clear_task_set)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun);
int (*lldd_I_T_nexus_reset)(struct domain_device *);
int (*lldd_lu_reset)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun);
int (*lldd_query_task)(struct sas_task *);
For more information please read SAM from T10.org.
Port and Adapter management:
/* Port and Adapter management */
int (*lldd_clear_nexus_port)(struct sas_port *);
int (*lldd_clear_nexus_ha)(struct sas_ha_struct *);
A SAS LLDD should implement at least one of those.
Phy management:
/* Phy management */
int (*lldd_control_phy)(struct sas_phy *, enum phy_func);
lldd_ha -- set this to point to your HA struct. You can also
use container_of if you embedded it as shown above.
A sample initialization and registration function
can look like this (called last thing from probe())
*but* before you enable the phys to do OOB:
static int register_sas_ha(struct my_sas_ha *my_ha)
{
int i;
static struct sas_phy *sas_phys[MAX_PHYS];
static struct sas_port *sas_ports[MAX_PHYS];
my_ha->sas_ha.sas_addr = &my_ha->sas_addr[0];
for (i = 0; i < MAX_PHYS; i++) {
sas_phys[i] = &my_ha->phys[i].sas_phy;
sas_ports[i] = &my_ha->sas_ports[i];
}
my_ha->sas_ha.sas_phy = sas_phys;
my_ha->sas_ha.sas_port = sas_ports;
my_ha->sas_ha.num_phys = MAX_PHYS;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_port_formed = my_port_formed;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_dev_found = my_dev_found;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_dev_gone = my_dev_gone;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_max_execute_num = lldd_max_execute_num; (1)
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_queue_size = ha_can_queue;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_execute_task = my_execute_task;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_abort_task = my_abort_task;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_abort_task_set = my_abort_task_set;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_aca = my_clear_aca;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_task_set = my_clear_task_set;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_I_T_nexus_reset= NULL; (2)
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_lu_reset = my_lu_reset;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_query_task = my_query_task;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_nexus_port = my_clear_nexus_port;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_nexus_ha = my_clear_nexus_ha;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_control_phy = my_control_phy;
return sas_register_ha(&my_ha->sas_ha);
}
(1) This is normally a LLDD parameter, something of the
lines of a task collector. What it tells the SAS Layer is
whether the SAS layer should run in Direct Mode (default:
value 0 or 1) or Task Collector Mode (value greater than 1).
In Direct Mode, the SAS Layer calls Execute Task as soon as
it has a command to send to the SDS, _and_ this is a single
command, i.e. not linked.
Some hardware (e.g. aic94xx) has the capability to DMA more
than one task at a time (interrupt) from host memory. Task
Collector Mode is an optional feature for HAs which support
this in their hardware. (Again, it is completely optional
even if your hardware supports it.)
In Task Collector Mode, the SAS Layer would do _natural_
coalescing of tasks and at the appropriate moment it would
call your driver to DMA more than one task in a single HA
interrupt. DMBS may want to use this by insmod/modprobe
setting the lldd_max_execute_num to something greater than
1.
(2) SAS 1.1 does not define I_T Nexus Reset TMF.
Events
------
Events are _the only way_ a SAS LLDD notifies the SAS layer
of anything. There is no other method or way a LLDD to tell
the SAS layer of anything happening internally or in the SAS
domain.
Phy events:
PHYE_LOSS_OF_SIGNAL, (C)
PHYE_OOB_DONE,
PHYE_OOB_ERROR, (C)
PHYE_SPINUP_HOLD.
Port events, passed on a _phy_:
PORTE_BYTES_DMAED, (M)
PORTE_BROADCAST_RCVD, (E)
PORTE_LINK_RESET_ERR, (C)
PORTE_TIMER_EVENT, (C)
PORTE_HARD_RESET.
Host Adapter event:
HAE_RESET
A SAS LLDD should be able to generate
- at least one event from group C (choice),
- events marked M (mandatory) are mandatory (only one),
- events marked E (expander) if it wants the SAS layer
to handle domain revalidation (only one such).
- Unmarked events are optional.
Meaning:
HAE_RESET -- when your HA got internal error and was reset.
PORTE_BYTES_DMAED -- on receiving an IDENTIFY/FIS frame
PORTE_BROADCAST_RCVD -- on receiving a primitive
PORTE_LINK_RESET_ERR -- timer expired, loss of signal, loss
of DWS, etc. (*)
PORTE_TIMER_EVENT -- DWS reset timeout timer expired (*)
PORTE_HARD_RESET -- Hard Reset primitive received.
PHYE_LOSS_OF_SIGNAL -- the device is gone (*)
PHYE_OOB_DONE -- OOB went fine and oob_mode is valid
PHYE_OOB_ERROR -- Error while doing OOB, the device probably
got disconnected. (*)
PHYE_SPINUP_HOLD -- SATA is present, COMWAKE not sent.
(*) should set/clear the appropriate fields in the phy,
or alternatively call the inlined sas_phy_disconnected()
which is just a helper, from their tasklet.
The Execute Command SCSI RPC:
int (*lldd_execute_task)(struct sas_task *, int num,
unsigned long gfp_flags);
Used to queue a task to the SAS LLDD. @task is the tasks to
be executed. @num should be the number of tasks being
queued at this function call (they are linked listed via
task::list), @gfp_mask should be the gfp_mask defining the
context of the caller.
This function should implement the Execute Command SCSI RPC,
or if you're sending a SCSI Task as linked commands, you
should also use this function.
That is, when lldd_execute_task() is called, the command(s)
go out on the transport *immediately*. There is *no*
queuing of any sort and at any level in a SAS LLDD.
The use of task::list is two-fold, one for linked commands,
the other discussed below.
It is possible to queue up more than one task at a time, by
initializing the list element of struct sas_task, and
passing the number of tasks enlisted in this manner in num.
Returns: -SAS_QUEUE_FULL, -ENOMEM, nothing was queued;
0, the task(s) were queued.
If you want to pass num > 1, then either
A) you're the only caller of this function and keep track
of what you've queued to the LLDD, or
B) you know what you're doing and have a strategy of
retrying.
As opposed to queuing one task at a time (function call),
batch queuing of tasks, by having num > 1, greatly
simplifies LLDD code, sequencer code, and _hardware design_,
and has some performance advantages in certain situations
(DBMS).
The LLDD advertises if it can take more than one command at
a time at lldd_execute_task(), by setting the
lldd_max_execute_num parameter (controlled by "collector"
module parameter in aic94xx SAS LLDD).
You should leave this to the default 1, unless you know what
you're doing.
This is a function of the LLDD, to which the SAS layer can
cater to.
int lldd_queue_size
The host adapter's queue size. This is the maximum
number of commands the lldd can have pending to domain
devices on behalf of all upper layers submitting through
lldd_execute_task().
You really want to set this to something (much) larger than
1.
This _really_ has absolutely nothing to do with queuing.
There is no queuing in SAS LLDDs.
struct sas_task {
dev -- the device this task is destined to
list -- must be initialized (INIT_LIST_HEAD)
task_proto -- _one_ of enum sas_proto
scatter -- pointer to scatter gather list array
num_scatter -- number of elements in scatter
total_xfer_len -- total number of bytes expected to be transfered
data_dir -- PCI_DMA_...
task_done -- callback when the task has finished execution
};
When an external entity, entity other than the LLDD or the
SAS Layer, wants to work with a struct domain_device, it
_must_ call kobject_get() when getting a handle on the
device and kobject_put() when it is done with the device.
This does two things:
A) implements proper kfree() for the device;
B) increments/decrements the kref for all players:
domain_device
all domain_device's ... (if past an expander)
port
host adapter
pci device
and up the ladder, etc.
DISCOVERY
---------
The sysfs tree has the following purposes:
a) It shows you the physical layout of the SAS domain at
the current time, i.e. how the domain looks in the
physical world right now.
b) Shows some device parameters _at_discovery_time_.
This is a link to the tree(1) program, very useful in
viewing the SAS domain:
ftp://mama.indstate.edu/linux/tree/
I expect user space applications to actually create a
graphical interface of this.
That is, the sysfs domain tree doesn't show or keep state if
you e.g., change the meaning of the READY LED MEANING
setting, but it does show you the current connection status
of the domain device.
Keeping internal device state changes is responsibility of
upper layers (Command set drivers) and user space.
When a device or devices are unplugged from the domain, this
is reflected in the sysfs tree immediately, and the device(s)
removed from the system.
The structure domain_device describes any device in the SAS
domain. It is completely managed by the SAS layer. A task
points to a domain device, this is how the SAS LLDD knows
where to send the task(s) to. A SAS LLDD only reads the
contents of the domain_device structure, but it never creates
or destroys one.
Expander management from User Space
-----------------------------------
In each expander directory in sysfs, there is a file called
"smp_portal". It is a binary sysfs attribute file, which
implements an SMP portal (Note: this is *NOT* an SMP port),
to which user space applications can send SMP requests and
receive SMP responses.
Functionality is deceptively simple:
1. Build the SMP frame you want to send. The format and layout
is described in the SAS spec. Leave the CRC field equal 0.
open(2)
2. Open the expander's SMP portal sysfs file in RW mode.
write(2)
3. Write the frame you built in 1.
read(2)
4. Read the amount of data you expect to receive for the frame you built.
If you receive different amount of data you expected to receive,
then there was some kind of error.
close(2)
All this process is shown in detail in the function do_smp_func()
and its callers, in the file "expander_conf.c".
The kernel functionality is implemented in the file
"sas_expander.c".
The program "expander_conf.c" implements this. It takes one
argument, the sysfs file name of the SMP portal to the
expander, and gives expander information, including routing
tables.
The SMP portal gives you complete control of the expander,
so please be careful.

44
Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
View file

@ -758,6 +758,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = auto, 1 = none, 2 = POSBUF, 3 = FIFO size)
single_cmd - Use single immediate commands to communicate with
codecs (for debugging only)
disable_msi - Disable Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI)
This module supports one card and autoprobe.
@ -778,11 +779,16 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
6stack-digout 6-jack with a SPDIF out
w810 3-jack
z71v 3-jack (HP shared SPDIF)
asus 3-jack
asus 3-jack (ASUS Mobo)
asus-w1v ASUS W1V
asus-dig ASUS with SPDIF out
asus-dig2 ASUS with SPDIF out (using GPIO2)
uniwill 3-jack
F1734 2-jack
lg LG laptop (m1 express dual)
lg-lw LG LW20 laptop
lg-lw LG LW20/LW25 laptop
tcl TCL S700
clevo Clevo laptops (m520G, m665n)
test for testing/debugging purpose, almost all controls can be
adjusted. Appearing only when compiled with
$CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y
@ -790,6 +796,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
ALC260
hp HP machines
hp-3013 HP machines (3013-variant)
fujitsu Fujitsu S7020
acer Acer TravelMate
basic fixed pin assignment (old default model)
@ -797,24 +804,32 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
ALC262
fujitsu Fujitsu Laptop
hp-bpc HP xw4400/6400/8400/9400 laptops
benq Benq ED8
basic fixed pin assignment w/o SPDIF
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
ALC882/885
3stack-dig 3-jack with SPDIF I/O
6stck-dig 6-jack digital with SPDIF I/O
arima Arima W820Di1
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
ALC883/888
3stack-dig 3-jack with SPDIF I/O
6stack-dig 6-jack digital with SPDIF I/O
6stack-dig-demo 6-stack digital for Intel demo board
3stack-6ch 3-jack 6-channel
3stack-6ch-dig 3-jack 6-channel with SPDIF I/O
6stack-dig-demo 6-jack digital for Intel demo board
acer Acer laptops (Travelmate 3012WTMi, Aspire 5600, etc)
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
ALC861/660
3stack 3-jack
3stack-dig 3-jack with SPDIF I/O
6stack-dig 6-jack with SPDIF I/O
3stack-660 3-jack (for ALC660)
uniwill-m31 Uniwill M31 laptop
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
CMI9880
@ -843,10 +858,21 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
3stack-dig ditto with SPDIF
laptop 3-jack with hp-jack automute
laptop-dig ditto with SPDIF
auto auto-confgi reading BIOS (default)
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
STAC7661(?)
STAC9200/9205/9220/9221/9254
ref Reference board
3stack D945 3stack
5stack D945 5stack + SPDIF
STAC9227/9228/9229/927x
ref Reference board
3stack D965 3stack
5stack D965 5stack + SPDIF
STAC9872
vaio Setup for VAIO FE550G/SZ110
vaio-ar Setup for VAIO AR
If the default configuration doesn't work and one of the above
matches with your device, report it together with the PCI
@ -1213,6 +1239,14 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
Module supports only 1 card. This module has no enable option.
Module snd-mts64
----------------
Module for Ego Systems (ESI) Miditerminal 4140
This module supports multiple devices.
Requires parport (CONFIG_PARPORT).
Module snd-nm256
----------------

5
Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
View file

@ -1054,9 +1054,8 @@
<para>
For a device which allows hotplugging, you can use
<function>snd_card_free_in_thread</function>. This one will
postpone the destruction and wait in a kernel-thread until all
devices are closed.
<function>snd_card_free_when_closed</function>. This one will
postpone the destruction until all devices are closed.
</para>
</section>

8
Documentation/sparse.txt
View file

@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ recompiled, or use "make C=2" to run sparse on the files whether they need to
be recompiled or not. The latter is a fast way to check the whole tree if you
have already built it.
The optional make variable CF can be used to pass arguments to sparse. The
build system passes -Wbitwise to sparse automatically. To perform endianness
checks, you may define __CHECK_ENDIAN__:
The optional make variable CHECKFLAGS can be used to pass arguments to sparse.
The build system passes -Wbitwise to sparse automatically. To perform
endianness checks, you may define __CHECK_ENDIAN__:
make C=2 CF="-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__"
make C=2 CHECKFLAGS="-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__"
These checks are disabled by default as they generate a host of warnings.

2
Kbuild
View file

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ define cmd_offsets
echo "/*"; \
echo " * DO NOT MODIFY."; \
echo " *"; \
echo " * This file was generated by $(srctree)/Kbuild"; \
echo " * This file was generated by Kbuild"; \
echo " *"; \
echo " */"; \
echo ""; \

66
MAINTAINERS
View file

@ -298,6 +298,14 @@ L: info-linux@geode.amd.com
W: http://www.amd.com/us-en/ConnectivitySolutions/TechnicalResources/0,,50_2334_2452_11363,00.html
S: Supported
AMSO1100 RNIC DRIVER
P: Tom Tucker
M: tom@opengridcomputing.com
P: Steve Wise
M: swise@opengridcomputing.com
L: openib-general@openib.org
S: Maintained
AOA (Apple Onboard Audio) ALSA DRIVER
P: Johannes Berg
M: johannes@sipsolutions.net
@ -449,9 +457,9 @@ L: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
W: http://www.baycom.org/~tom/ham/ham.html
S: Maintained
BCM43XX WIRELESS DRIVER
P: Michael Buesch
M: mb@bu3sch.de
BCM43XX WIRELESS DRIVER (SOFTMAC BASED VERSION)
P: Larry Finger
M: Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net
P: Stefano Brivio
M: st3@riseup.net
W: http://bcm43xx.berlios.de/
@ -1001,6 +1009,14 @@ EFS FILESYSTEM
W: http://aeschi.ch.eu.org/efs/
S: Orphan
EHCA (IBM GX bus InfiniBand adapter) DRIVER:
P: Hoang-Nam Nguyen
M: hnguyen@de.ibm.com
P: Christoph Raisch
M: raisch@de.ibm.com
L: openib-general@openib.org
S: Supported
EMU10K1 SOUND DRIVER
P: James Courtier-Dutton
M: James@superbug.demon.co.uk
@ -1801,6 +1817,13 @@ W: http://www.penguinppc.org/
L: linuxppc-embedded@ozlabs.org
S: Maintained
LINUX FOR POWERPC PA SEMI PWRFICIENT
P: Olof Johansson
M: olof@lixom.net
W: http://www.pasemi.com/
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
S: Supported
LLC (802.2)
P: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo
M: acme@conectiva.com.br
@ -2384,6 +2407,12 @@ M: linux-driver@qlogic.com
L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
QLOGIC QLA3XXX NETWORK DRIVER
P: Ron Mercer
M: linux-driver@qlogic.com
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
QNX4 FILESYSTEM
P: Anders Larsen
M: al@alarsen.net
@ -2463,6 +2492,8 @@ S: Maintained
S390
P: Martin Schwidefsky
M: schwidefsky@de.ibm.com
P: Heiko Carstens
M: heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com
M: linux390@de.ibm.com
L: linux-390@vm.marist.edu
W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/
@ -2477,8 +2508,8 @@ W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/
S: Supported
S390 ZFCP DRIVER
P: Andreas Herrmann
M: aherrman@de.ibm.com
P: Swen Schillig
M: swen@vnet.ibm.com
M: linux390@de.ibm.com
L: linux-390@vm.marist.edu
W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/
@ -2634,6 +2665,18 @@ P: Nicolas Pitre
M: nico@cam.org
S: Maintained
SOFTMAC LAYER (IEEE 802.11)
P: Johannes Berg
M: johannes@sipsolutions.net
P: Joe Jezak
M: josejx@gentoo.org
P: Daniel Drake
M: dsd@gentoo.org
W: http://softmac.sipsolutions.net/
L: softmac-dev@sipsolutions.net
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
SOFTWARE RAID (Multiple Disks) SUPPORT
P: Ingo Molnar
M: mingo@redhat.com
@ -2915,8 +2958,8 @@ W: http://www.auk.cx/tms380tr/
S: Maintained
TULIP NETWORK DRIVER
P: Jeff Garzik
M: jgarzik@pobox.com
P: Valerie Henson
M: val_henson@linux.intel.com
L: tulip-users@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://sourceforge.net/projects/tulip/
S: Maintained
@ -3367,6 +3410,15 @@ W: http://www.qsl.net/dl1bke/
L: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
ZD1211RW WIRELESS DRIVER
P: Daniel Drake
M: dsd@gentoo.org
P: Ulrich Kunitz
M: kune@deine-taler.de
W: http://zd1211.ath.cx/wiki/DriverRewrite
L: zd1211-devs@lists.sourceforge.net (subscribers-only)
S: Maintained
ZF MACHZ WATCHDOG
P: Fernando Fuganti
M: fuganti@netbank.com.br

155
Makefile
View file

@ -41,9 +41,15 @@ ifndef KBUILD_VERBOSE
KBUILD_VERBOSE = 0
endif
# Call checker as part of compilation of C files
# Use 'make C=1' to enable checking (sparse, by default)
# Override with 'make C=1 CHECK=checker_executable CHECKFLAGS=....'
# Call a source code checker (by default, "sparse") as part of the
# C compilation.
#
# Use 'make C=1' to enable checking of only re-compiled files.
# Use 'make C=2' to enable checking of *all* source files, regardless
# of whether they are re-compiled or not.
#
# See the file "Documentation/sparse.txt" for more details, including
# where to get the "sparse" utility.
ifdef C
ifeq ("$(origin C)", "command line")
@ -639,12 +645,12 @@ define rule_vmlinux__
$(call cmd,vmlinux__)
$(Q)echo 'cmd_$@ := $(cmd_vmlinux__)' > $(@D)/.$(@F).cmd
$(Q)$(if $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap), \
echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap) System.map' &&) \
$(cmd_sysmap) $@ System.map; \
if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then \
rm -f $@; \
/bin/false; \
$(Q)$(if $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap), \
echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap) System.map' &&) \
$(cmd_sysmap) $@ System.map; \
if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then \
rm -f $@; \
/bin/false; \
fi;
$(verify_kallsyms)
endef
@ -677,12 +683,12 @@ endif
kallsyms.o := .tmp_kallsyms$(last_kallsyms).o
define verify_kallsyms
$(Q)$(if $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap), \
echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap) .tmp_System.map' &&) \
$(Q)$(if $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap), \
echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap) .tmp_System.map' &&) \
$(cmd_sysmap) .tmp_vmlinux$(last_kallsyms) .tmp_System.map
$(Q)cmp -s System.map .tmp_System.map || \
(echo Inconsistent kallsyms data; \
echo Try setting CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS; \
$(Q)cmp -s System.map .tmp_System.map || \
(echo Inconsistent kallsyms data; \
echo Try setting CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS; \
rm .tmp_kallsyms* ; /bin/false )
endef
@ -736,6 +742,7 @@ endif # ifdef CONFIG_KALLSYMS
# vmlinux image - including updated kernel symbols
vmlinux: $(vmlinux-lds) $(vmlinux-init) $(vmlinux-main) $(kallsyms.o) FORCE
$(call if_changed_rule,vmlinux__)
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost $@
$(Q)rm -f .old_version
# The actual objects are generated when descending,
@ -753,12 +760,34 @@ $(vmlinux-dirs): prepare scripts
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$@
# Build the kernel release string
# The KERNELRELEASE is stored in a file named include/config/kernel.release
# to be used when executing for example make install or make modules_install
#
# Take the contents of any files called localversion* and the config
# variable CONFIG_LOCALVERSION and append them to KERNELRELEASE.
# LOCALVERSION from the command line override all of this
# The KERNELRELEASE value built here is stored in the file
# include/config/kernel.release, and is used when executing several
# make targets, such as "make install" or "make modules_install."
#
# The eventual kernel release string consists of the following fields,
# shown in a hierarchical format to show how smaller parts are concatenated
# to form the larger and final value, with values coming from places like
# the Makefile, kernel config options, make command line options and/or
# SCM tag information.
#
# $(KERNELVERSION)
# $(VERSION) eg, 2
# $(PATCHLEVEL) eg, 6
# $(SUBLEVEL) eg, 18
# $(EXTRAVERSION) eg, -rc6
# $(localver-full)
# $(localver)
# localversion* (all localversion* files)
# $(CONFIG_LOCALVERSION) (from kernel config setting)
# $(localver-auto) (only if CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO is set)
# ./scripts/setlocalversion (SCM tag, if one exists)
# $(LOCALVERSION) (from make command line if provided)
#
# Note how the final $(localver-auto) string is included *only* if the
# kernel config option CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO is selected. Also, at the
# moment, only git is supported but other SCMs can edit the script
# scripts/setlocalversion and add the appropriate checks as needed.
nullstring :=
space := $(nullstring) # end of line
@ -892,15 +921,26 @@ depend dep:
INSTALL_HDR_PATH=$(objtree)/usr
export INSTALL_HDR_PATH
HDRARCHES=$(filter-out generic,$(patsubst $(srctree)/include/asm-%/Kbuild,%,$(wildcard $(srctree)/include/asm-*/Kbuild)))
PHONY += headers_install_all
headers_install_all: include/linux/version.h scripts_basic FORCE
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=scripts scripts/unifdef
$(Q)for arch in $(HDRARCHES); do \
$(MAKE) ARCH=$$arch -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include BIASMDIR=-bi-$$arch ;\
done
PHONY += headers_install
headers_install: include/linux/version.h
$(Q)unifdef -Ux /dev/null
$(Q)rm -rf $(INSTALL_HDR_PATH)/include
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include
headers_install: include/linux/version.h scripts_basic FORCE
@if [ ! -r include/asm-$(ARCH)/Kbuild ]; then \
echo '*** Error: Headers not exportable for this architecture ($(ARCH))'; \
exit 1 ; fi
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=scripts scripts/unifdef
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include
PHONY += headers_check
headers_check: headers_install
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include HDRCHECK=1
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include HDRCHECK=1
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Modules
@ -916,7 +956,7 @@ all: modules
PHONY += modules
modules: $(vmlinux-dirs) $(if $(KBUILD_BUILTIN),vmlinux)
@echo ' Building modules, stage 2.';
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
# Target to prepare building external modules
@ -942,7 +982,7 @@ _modinst_:
rm -f $(MODLIB)/build ; \
ln -s $(objtree) $(MODLIB)/build ; \
fi
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modinst
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modinst
# If System.map exists, run depmod. This deliberately does not have a
# dependency on System.map since that would run the dependency tree on
@ -1057,8 +1097,10 @@ boards := $(notdir $(boards))
help:
@echo 'Cleaning targets:'
@echo ' clean - remove most generated files but keep the config'
@echo ' clean - remove most generated files but keep the config and'
@echo ' enough build support to build external modules'
@echo ' mrproper - remove all generated files + config + various backup files'
@echo ' distclean - mrproper + remove editor backup and patch files'
@echo ''
@echo 'Configuration targets:'
@$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/kconfig/Makefile help
@ -1076,13 +1118,17 @@ help:
@echo ' cscope - Generate cscope index'
@echo ' kernelrelease - Output the release version string'
@echo ' kernelversion - Output the version stored in Makefile'
@echo ' headers_install - Install sanitised kernel headers to INSTALL_HDR_PATH'
@if [ -r include/asm-$(ARCH)/Kbuild ]; then \
echo ' headers_install - Install sanitised kernel headers to INSTALL_HDR_PATH'; \
fi
@echo ' (default: $(INSTALL_HDR_PATH))'
@echo ''
@echo 'Static analysers'
@echo ' checkstack - Generate a list of stack hogs'
@echo ' namespacecheck - Name space analysis on compiled kernel'
@echo ' headers_check - Sanity check on exported headers'
@if [ -r include/asm-$(ARCH)/Kbuild ]; then \
echo ' headers_check - Sanity check on exported headers'; \
fi
@echo ''
@echo 'Kernel packaging:'
@$(MAKE) $(build)=$(package-dir) help
@ -1100,6 +1146,7 @@ help:
echo '')
@echo ' make V=0|1 [targets] 0 => quiet build (default), 1 => verbose build'
@echo ' make V=2 [targets] 2 => give reason for rebuild of target'
@echo ' make O=dir [targets] Locate all output files in "dir", including .config'
@echo ' make C=1 [targets] Check all c source with $$CHECK (sparse by default)'
@echo ' make C=2 [targets] Force check of all c source with $$CHECK'
@ -1154,7 +1201,7 @@ $(module-dirs): crmodverdir $(objtree)/Module.symvers
modules: $(module-dirs)
@echo ' Building modules, stage 2.';
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
PHONY += modules_install
modules_install: _emodinst_ _emodinst_post
@ -1163,7 +1210,7 @@ install-dir := $(if $(INSTALL_MOD_DIR),$(INSTALL_MOD_DIR),extra)
PHONY += _emodinst_
_emodinst_:
$(Q)mkdir -p $(MODLIB)/$(install-dir)
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modinst
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modinst
# Run depmod only is we have System.map and depmod is executable
quiet_cmd_depmod = DEPMOD $(KERNELRELEASE)
@ -1264,6 +1311,31 @@ define all-defconfigs
$(call find-sources,'defconfig')
endef
define xtags
if $1 --version 2>&1 | grep -iq exuberant; then \
$(all-sources) | xargs $1 -a \
-I __initdata,__exitdata,__acquires,__releases \
-I EXPORT_SYMBOL,EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL \
--extra=+f --c-kinds=+px; \
$(all-kconfigs) | xargs $1 -a \
--langdef=kconfig \
--language-force=kconfig \
--regex-kconfig='/^[[:blank:]]*config[[:blank:]]+([[:alnum:]_]+)/\1/'; \
$(all-defconfigs) | xargs $1 -a \
--langdef=dotconfig \
--language-force=dotconfig \
--regex-dotconfig='/^#?[[:blank:]]*(CONFIG_[[:alnum:]_]+)/\1/'; \
elif $1 --version 2>&1 | grep -iq emacs; then \
$(all-sources) | xargs $1 -a; \
$(all-kconfigs) | xargs $1 -a \
--regex='/^[ \t]*config[ \t]+\([a-zA-Z0-9_]+\)/\1/'; \
$(all-defconfigs) | xargs $1 -a \
--regex='/^#?[ \t]?\(CONFIG_[a-zA-Z0-9_]+\)/\1/'; \
else \
$(all-sources) | xargs $1 -a; \
fi
endef
quiet_cmd_cscope-file = FILELST cscope.files
cmd_cscope-file = (echo \-k; echo \-q; $(all-sources)) > cscope.files
@ -1277,31 +1349,16 @@ cscope: FORCE
quiet_cmd_TAGS = MAKE $@
define cmd_TAGS
rm -f $@; \
ETAGSF=`etags --version | grep -i exuberant >/dev/null && \
echo "-I __initdata,__exitdata,__acquires,__releases \
-I EXPORT_SYMBOL,EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL \
--extra=+f --c-kinds=+px"`; \
$(all-sources) | xargs etags $$ETAGSF -a; \
if test "x$$ETAGSF" = x; then \
$(all-kconfigs) | xargs etags -a \
--regex='/^config[ \t]+\([a-zA-Z0-9_]+\)/\1/'; \
$(all-defconfigs) | xargs etags -a \
--regex='/^#?[ \t]?\(CONFIG_[a-zA-Z0-9_]+\)/\1/'; \
fi
$(call xtags,etags)
endef
TAGS: FORCE
$(call cmd,TAGS)
quiet_cmd_tags = MAKE $@
define cmd_tags
rm -f $@; \
CTAGSF=`ctags --version | grep -i exuberant >/dev/null && \
echo "-I __initdata,__exitdata,__acquires,__releases \
-I EXPORT_SYMBOL,EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL \
--extra=+f --c-kinds=+px"`; \
$(all-sources) | xargs ctags $$CTAGSF -a
$(call xtags,ctags)
endef
tags: FORCE
@ -1379,7 +1436,7 @@ endif
%.ko: prepare scripts FORCE
$(Q)$(MAKE) KBUILD_MODULES=$(if $(CONFIG_MODULES),1) \
$(build)=$(build-dir) $(@:.ko=.o)
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
# FIXME Should go into a make.lib or something
# ===========================================================================

5
arch/frv/Makefile
View file

@ -108,11 +108,8 @@ Image: vmlinux
bootstrap:
$(Q)$(MAKEBOOT) bootstrap
archmrproper:
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=arch/frv/boot mrproper
archclean:
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=arch/frv/boot clean
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(clean)=arch/frv/boot
archdep: scripts/mkdep symlinks
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=arch/frv/boot dep

3
arch/frv/boot/Makefile
View file

@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
# Copyright (C) 1995-2000 Russell King
#
targets := Image zImage bootpImage
SYSTEM =$(TOPDIR)/$(LINUX)
ZTEXTADDR = 0x02080000
@ -66,7 +68,6 @@ zinstall: $(CONFIGURE) zImage
# miscellany
#
mrproper clean:
$(RM) Image zImage bootpImage
# @$(MAKE) -C compressed clean
# @$(MAKE) -C bootp clean

3
arch/i386/crypto/Makefile
View file

@ -5,5 +5,8 @@
#
obj-$(CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES_586) += aes-i586.o
obj-$(CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_586) += twofish-i586.o
aes-i586-y := aes-i586-asm.o aes.o
twofish-i586-y := twofish-i586-asm.o twofish.o

3
arch/i386/crypto/aes.c
View file

@ -379,12 +379,13 @@ static void gen_tabs(void)
}
static int aes_set_key(struct crypto_tfm *tfm, const u8 *in_key,
unsigned int key_len, u32 *flags)
unsigned int key_len)
{
int i;
u32 ss[8];
struct aes_ctx *ctx = crypto_tfm_ctx(tfm);
const __le32 *key = (const __le32 *)in_key;
u32 *flags = &tfm->crt_flags;
/* encryption schedule */

335
arch/i386/crypto/twofish-i586-asm.S Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
/***************************************************************************
* Copyright (C) 2006 by Joachim Fritschi, <jfritschi@freenet.de> *
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
* *
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
* along with this program; if not, write to the *
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
***************************************************************************/
.file "twofish-i586-asm.S"
.text
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
/* return adress at 0 */
#define in_blk 12 /* input byte array address parameter*/
#define out_blk 8 /* output byte array address parameter*/
#define tfm 4 /* Twofish context structure */
#define a_offset 0
#define b_offset 4
#define c_offset 8
#define d_offset 12
/* Structure of the crypto context struct*/
#define s0 0 /* S0 Array 256 Words each */
#define s1 1024 /* S1 Array */
#define s2 2048 /* S2 Array */
#define s3 3072 /* S3 Array */
#define w 4096 /* 8 whitening keys (word) */
#define k 4128 /* key 1-32 ( word ) */
/* define a few register aliases to allow macro substitution */
#define R0D %eax
#define R0B %al
#define R0H %ah
#define R1D %ebx
#define R1B %bl
#define R1H %bh
#define R2D %ecx
#define R2B %cl
#define R2H %ch
#define R3D %edx
#define R3B %dl
#define R3H %dh
/* performs input whitening */
#define input_whitening(src,context,offset)\
xor w+offset(context), src;
/* performs input whitening */
#define output_whitening(src,context,offset)\
xor w+16+offset(context), src;
/*
* a input register containing a (rotated 16)
* b input register containing b
* c input register containing c
* d input register containing d (already rol $1)
* operations on a and b are interleaved to increase performance
*/
#define encrypt_round(a,b,c,d,round)\
push d ## D;\
movzx b ## B, %edi;\
mov s1(%ebp,%edi,4),d ## D;\
movzx a ## B, %edi;\
mov s2(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
movzx b ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, b ## D;\
xor s2(%ebp,%edi,4),d ## D;\
movzx a ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, a ## D;\
xor s3(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
movzx b ## B, %edi;\
xor s3(%ebp,%edi,4),d ## D;\
movzx a ## B, %edi;\
xor (%ebp,%edi,4), %esi;\
movzx b ## H, %edi;\
ror $15, b ## D;\
xor (%ebp,%edi,4), d ## D;\
movzx a ## H, %edi;\
xor s1(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
pop %edi;\
add d ## D, %esi;\
add %esi, d ## D;\
add k+round(%ebp), %esi;\
xor %esi, c ## D;\
rol $15, c ## D;\
add k+4+round(%ebp),d ## D;\
xor %edi, d ## D;
/*
* a input register containing a (rotated 16)
* b input register containing b
* c input register containing c
* d input register containing d (already rol $1)
* operations on a and b are interleaved to increase performance
* last round has different rotations for the output preparation
*/
#define encrypt_last_round(a,b,c,d,round)\
push d ## D;\
movzx b ## B, %edi;\
mov s1(%ebp,%edi,4),d ## D;\
movzx a ## B, %edi;\
mov s2(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
movzx b ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, b ## D;\
xor s2(%ebp,%edi,4),d ## D;\
movzx a ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, a ## D;\
xor s3(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
movzx b ## B, %edi;\
xor s3(%ebp,%edi,4),d ## D;\
movzx a ## B, %edi;\
xor (%ebp,%edi,4), %esi;\
movzx b ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, b ## D;\
xor (%ebp,%edi,4), d ## D;\
movzx a ## H, %edi;\
xor s1(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
pop %edi;\
add d ## D, %esi;\
add %esi, d ## D;\
add k+round(%ebp), %esi;\
xor %esi, c ## D;\
ror $1, c ## D;\
add k+4+round(%ebp),d ## D;\
xor %edi, d ## D;
/*
* a input register containing a
* b input register containing b (rotated 16)
* c input register containing c
* d input register containing d (already rol $1)
* operations on a and b are interleaved to increase performance
*/
#define decrypt_round(a,b,c,d,round)\
push c ## D;\
movzx a ## B, %edi;\
mov (%ebp,%edi,4), c ## D;\
movzx b ## B, %edi;\
mov s3(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
movzx a ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, a ## D;\
xor s1(%ebp,%edi,4),c ## D;\
movzx b ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, b ## D;\
xor (%ebp,%edi,4), %esi;\
movzx a ## B, %edi;\
xor s2(%ebp,%edi,4),c ## D;\
movzx b ## B, %edi;\
xor s1(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
movzx a ## H, %edi;\
ror $15, a ## D;\
xor s3(%ebp,%edi,4),c ## D;\
movzx b ## H, %edi;\
xor s2(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
pop %edi;\
add %esi, c ## D;\
add c ## D, %esi;\
add k+round(%ebp), c ## D;\
xor %edi, c ## D;\
add k+4+round(%ebp),%esi;\
xor %esi, d ## D;\
rol $15, d ## D;
/*
* a input register containing a
* b input register containing b (rotated 16)
* c input register containing c
* d input register containing d (already rol $1)
* operations on a and b are interleaved to increase performance
* last round has different rotations for the output preparation
*/
#define decrypt_last_round(a,b,c,d,round)\
push c ## D;\
movzx a ## B, %edi;\
mov (%ebp,%edi,4), c ## D;\
movzx b ## B, %edi;\
mov s3(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
movzx a ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, a ## D;\
xor s1(%ebp,%edi,4),c ## D;\
movzx b ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, b ## D;\
xor (%ebp,%edi,4), %esi;\
movzx a ## B, %edi;\
xor s2(%ebp,%edi,4),c ## D;\
movzx b ## B, %edi;\
xor s1(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
movzx a ## H, %edi;\
ror $16, a ## D;\
xor s3(%ebp,%edi,4),c ## D;\
movzx b ## H, %edi;\
xor s2(%ebp,%edi,4),%esi;\
pop %edi;\
add %esi, c ## D;\
add c ## D, %esi;\
add k+round(%ebp), c ## D;\
xor %edi, c ## D;\
add k+4+round(%ebp),%esi;\
xor %esi, d ## D;\
ror $1, d ## D;
.align 4
.global twofish_enc_blk
.global twofish_dec_blk
twofish_enc_blk:
push %ebp /* save registers according to calling convention*/
push %ebx
push %esi
push %edi
mov tfm + 16(%esp), %ebp /* abuse the base pointer: set new base bointer to the crypto tfm */
add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %ebp /* ctx adress */
mov in_blk+16(%esp),%edi /* input adress in edi */
mov (%edi), %eax
mov b_offset(%edi), %ebx
mov c_offset(%edi), %ecx
mov d_offset(%edi), %edx
input_whitening(%eax,%ebp,a_offset)
ror $16, %eax
input_whitening(%ebx,%ebp,b_offset)
input_whitening(%ecx,%ebp,c_offset)
input_whitening(%edx,%ebp,d_offset)
rol $1, %edx
encrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,0);
encrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,8);
encrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,2*8);
encrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,3*8);
encrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,4*8);
encrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,5*8);
encrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,6*8);
encrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,7*8);
encrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,8*8);
encrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,9*8);
encrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,10*8);
encrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,11*8);
encrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,12*8);
encrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,13*8);
encrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,14*8);
encrypt_last_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,15*8);
output_whitening(%eax,%ebp,c_offset)
output_whitening(%ebx,%ebp,d_offset)
output_whitening(%ecx,%ebp,a_offset)
output_whitening(%edx,%ebp,b_offset)
mov out_blk+16(%esp),%edi;
mov %eax, c_offset(%edi)
mov %ebx, d_offset(%edi)
mov %ecx, (%edi)
mov %edx, b_offset(%edi)
pop %edi
pop %esi
pop %ebx
pop %ebp
mov $1, %eax
ret
twofish_dec_blk:
push %ebp /* save registers according to calling convention*/
push %ebx
push %esi
push %edi
mov tfm + 16(%esp), %ebp /* abuse the base pointer: set new base bointer to the crypto tfm */
add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %ebp /* ctx adress */
mov in_blk+16(%esp),%edi /* input adress in edi */
mov (%edi), %eax
mov b_offset(%edi), %ebx
mov c_offset(%edi), %ecx
mov d_offset(%edi), %edx
output_whitening(%eax,%ebp,a_offset)
output_whitening(%ebx,%ebp,b_offset)
ror $16, %ebx
output_whitening(%ecx,%ebp,c_offset)
output_whitening(%edx,%ebp,d_offset)
rol $1, %ecx
decrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,15*8);
decrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,14*8);
decrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,13*8);
decrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,12*8);
decrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,11*8);
decrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,10*8);
decrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,9*8);
decrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,8*8);
decrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,7*8);
decrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,6*8);
decrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,5*8);
decrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,4*8);
decrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,3*8);
decrypt_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,2*8);
decrypt_round(R0,R1,R2,R3,1*8);
decrypt_last_round(R2,R3,R0,R1,0);
input_whitening(%eax,%ebp,c_offset)
input_whitening(%ebx,%ebp,d_offset)
input_whitening(%ecx,%ebp,a_offset)
input_whitening(%edx,%ebp,b_offset)
mov out_blk+16(%esp),%edi;
mov %eax, c_offset(%edi)
mov %ebx, d_offset(%edi)
mov %ecx, (%edi)
mov %edx, b_offset(%edi)
pop %edi
pop %esi
pop %ebx
pop %ebp
mov $1, %eax
ret

97
arch/i386/crypto/twofish.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/*
* Glue Code for optimized 586 assembler version of TWOFISH
*
* Originally Twofish for GPG
* By Matthew Skala <mskala@ansuz.sooke.bc.ca>, July 26, 1998
* 256-bit key length added March 20, 1999
* Some modifications to reduce the text size by Werner Koch, April, 1998
* Ported to the kerneli patch by Marc Mutz <Marc@Mutz.com>
* Ported to CryptoAPI by Colin Slater <hoho@tacomeat.net>
*
* The original author has disclaimed all copyright interest in this
* code and thus put it in the public domain. The subsequent authors
* have put this under the GNU General Public License.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* This code is a "clean room" implementation, written from the paper
* _Twofish: A 128-Bit Block Cipher_ by Bruce Schneier, John Kelsey,
* Doug Whiting, David Wagner, Chris Hall, and Niels Ferguson, available
* through http://www.counterpane.com/twofish.html
*
* For background information on multiplication in finite fields, used for
* the matrix operations in the key schedule, see the book _Contemporary
* Abstract Algebra_ by Joseph A. Gallian, especially chapter 22 in the
* Third Edition.
*/
#include <crypto/twofish.h>
#include <linux/crypto.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
asmlinkage void twofish_enc_blk(struct crypto_tfm *tfm, u8 *dst, const u8 *src);
asmlinkage void twofish_dec_blk(struct crypto_tfm *tfm, u8 *dst, const u8 *src);
static void twofish_encrypt(struct crypto_tfm *tfm, u8 *dst, const u8 *src)
{
twofish_enc_blk(tfm, dst, src);
}
static void twofish_decrypt(struct crypto_tfm *tfm, u8 *dst, const u8 *src)
{
twofish_dec_blk(tfm, dst, src);
}
static struct crypto_alg alg = {
.cra_name = "twofish",
.cra_driver_name = "twofish-i586",
.cra_priority = 200,
.cra_flags = CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_CIPHER,
.cra_blocksize = TF_BLOCK_SIZE,
.cra_ctxsize = sizeof(struct twofish_ctx),
.cra_alignmask = 3,
.cra_module = THIS_MODULE,
.cra_list = LIST_HEAD_INIT(alg.cra_list),
.cra_u = {
.cipher = {
.cia_min_keysize = TF_MIN_KEY_SIZE,
.cia_max_keysize = TF_MAX_KEY_SIZE,
.cia_setkey = twofish_setkey,
.cia_encrypt = twofish_encrypt,
.cia_decrypt = twofish_decrypt
}
}
};
static int __init init(void)
{
return crypto_register_alg(&alg);
}
static void __exit fini(void)
{
crypto_unregister_alg(&alg);
}
module_init(init);
module_exit(fini);
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
MODULE_DESCRIPTION ("Twofish Cipher Algorithm, i586 asm optimized");
MODULE_ALIAS("twofish");

39
arch/i386/kernel/cpu/cpufreq/acpi-cpufreq.c
View file

@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
#include <linux/seq_file.h>
#include <linux/compiler.h>
#include <linux/sched.h> /* current */
#include <linux/dmi.h>
#include <asm/io.h>
#include <asm/delay.h>
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
@ -387,6 +388,33 @@ static int acpi_cpufreq_early_init_acpi(void)
return acpi_processor_preregister_performance(acpi_perf_data);
}
/*
* Some BIOSes do SW_ANY coordination internally, either set it up in hw
* or do it in BIOS firmware and won't inform about it to OS. If not
* detected, this has a side effect of making CPU run at a different speed
* than OS intended it to run at. Detect it and handle it cleanly.
*/
static int bios_with_sw_any_bug;
static int __init sw_any_bug_found(struct dmi_system_id *d)
{
bios_with_sw_any_bug = 1;
return 0;
}
static struct dmi_system_id __initdata sw_any_bug_dmi_table[] = {
{
.callback = sw_any_bug_found,
.ident = "Supermicro Server X6DLP",
.matches = {
DMI_MATCH(DMI_SYS_VENDOR, "Supermicro"),
DMI_MATCH(DMI_BIOS_VERSION, "080010"),
DMI_MATCH(DMI_PRODUCT_NAME, "X6DLP"),
},
},
{ }
};
static int
acpi_cpufreq_cpu_init (
struct cpufreq_policy *policy)
@ -422,8 +450,17 @@ acpi_cpufreq_cpu_init (
* coordination is required.
*/
if (policy->shared_type == CPUFREQ_SHARED_TYPE_ALL ||
policy->shared_type == CPUFREQ_SHARED_TYPE_ANY)
policy->shared_type == CPUFREQ_SHARED_TYPE_ANY) {
policy->cpus = perf->shared_cpu_map;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
dmi_check_system(sw_any_bug_dmi_table);
if (bios_with_sw_any_bug && cpus_weight(policy->cpus) == 1) {
policy->shared_type = CPUFREQ_SHARED_TYPE_ALL;
policy->cpus = cpu_core_map[cpu];
}
#endif
if (cpu_has(c, X86_FEATURE_CONSTANT_TSC)) {
acpi_cpufreq_driver.flags |= CPUFREQ_CONST_LOOPS;

186
arch/i386/kernel/cpu/cpufreq/longhaul.c
View file

@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
#include <linux/moduleparam.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/cpufreq.h>
#include <linux/pci.h>
#include <linux/slab.h>
#include <linux/string.h>
@ -52,18 +53,26 @@
#define CPU_NEHEMIAH 5
static int cpu_model;
static unsigned int numscales=16, numvscales;
static unsigned int numscales=16;
static unsigned int fsb;
static int minvid, maxvid;
static struct mV_pos *vrm_mV_table;
static unsigned char *mV_vrm_table;
struct f_msr {
unsigned char vrm;
};
static struct f_msr f_msr_table[32];
static unsigned int highest_speed, lowest_speed; /* kHz */
static unsigned int minmult, maxmult;
static int can_scale_voltage;
static int vrmrev;
static struct acpi_processor *pr = NULL;
static struct acpi_processor_cx *cx = NULL;
static int port22_en;
/* Module parameters */
static int dont_scale_voltage;
static int scale_voltage;
static int ignore_latency;
#define dprintk(msg...) cpufreq_debug_printk(CPUFREQ_DEBUG_DRIVER, "longhaul", msg)
@ -71,7 +80,6 @@ static int dont_scale_voltage;
/* Clock ratios multiplied by 10 */
static int clock_ratio[32];
static int eblcr_table[32];
static int voltage_table[32];
static unsigned int highest_speed, lowest_speed; /* kHz */
static int longhaul_version;
static struct cpufreq_frequency_table *longhaul_table;
@ -124,10 +132,9 @@ static int longhaul_get_cpu_mult(void)
/* For processor with BCR2 MSR */
static void do_longhaul1(int cx_address, unsigned int clock_ratio_index)
static void do_longhaul1(unsigned int clock_ratio_index)
{
union msr_bcr2 bcr2;
u32 t;
rdmsrl(MSR_VIA_BCR2, bcr2.val);
/* Enable software clock multiplier */
@ -136,13 +143,11 @@ static void do_longhaul1(int cx_address, unsigned int clock_ratio_index)
/* Sync to timer tick */
safe_halt();
ACPI_FLUSH_CPU_CACHE();
/* Change frequency on next halt or sleep */
wrmsrl(MSR_VIA_BCR2, bcr2.val);
/* Invoke C3 */
inb(cx_address);
/* Dummy op - must do something useless after P_LVL3 read */
t = inl(acpi_fadt.xpm_tmr_blk.address);
/* Invoke transition */
ACPI_FLUSH_CPU_CACHE();
halt();
/* Disable software clock multiplier */
local_irq_disable();
@ -164,11 +169,16 @@ static void do_powersaver(int cx_address, unsigned int clock_ratio_index)
longhaul.bits.SoftBusRatio4 = (clock_ratio_index & 0x10) >> 4;
longhaul.bits.EnableSoftBusRatio = 1;
if (can_scale_voltage) {
longhaul.bits.SoftVID = f_msr_table[clock_ratio_index].vrm;
longhaul.bits.EnableSoftVID = 1;
}
/* Sync to timer tick */
safe_halt();
ACPI_FLUSH_CPU_CACHE();
/* Change frequency on next halt or sleep */
wrmsrl(MSR_VIA_LONGHAUL, longhaul.val);
ACPI_FLUSH_CPU_CACHE();
/* Invoke C3 */
inb(cx_address);
/* Dummy op - must do something useless after P_LVL3 read */
@ -227,10 +237,13 @@ static void longhaul_setstate(unsigned int clock_ratio_index)
outb(0xFF,0xA1); /* Overkill */
outb(0xFE,0x21); /* TMR0 only */
/* Disable bus master arbitration */
if (pr->flags.bm_check) {
if (pr->flags.bm_control) {
/* Disable bus master arbitration */
acpi_set_register(ACPI_BITREG_ARB_DISABLE, 1,
ACPI_MTX_DO_NOT_LOCK);
} else if (port22_en) {
/* Disable AGP and PCI arbiters */
outb(3, 0x22);
}
switch (longhaul_version) {
@ -244,7 +257,7 @@ static void longhaul_setstate(unsigned int clock_ratio_index)
*/
case TYPE_LONGHAUL_V1:
case TYPE_LONGHAUL_V2:
do_longhaul1(cx->address, clock_ratio_index);
do_longhaul1(clock_ratio_index);
break;
/*
@ -259,14 +272,20 @@ static void longhaul_setstate(unsigned int clock_ratio_index)
* to work in practice.
*/
case TYPE_POWERSAVER:
/* Don't allow wakeup */
acpi_set_register(ACPI_BITREG_BUS_MASTER_RLD, 0,
ACPI_MTX_DO_NOT_LOCK);
do_powersaver(cx->address, clock_ratio_index);
break;
}
/* Enable bus master arbitration */
if (pr->flags.bm_check) {
if (pr->flags.bm_control) {
/* Enable bus master arbitration */
acpi_set_register(ACPI_BITREG_ARB_DISABLE, 0,
ACPI_MTX_DO_NOT_LOCK);
} else if (port22_en) {
/* Enable arbiters */
outb(0, 0x22);
}
outb(pic2_mask,0xA1); /* restore mask */
@ -446,53 +465,57 @@ static int __init longhaul_get_ranges(void)
static void __init longhaul_setup_voltagescaling(void)
{
union msr_longhaul longhaul;
struct mV_pos minvid, maxvid;
unsigned int j, speed, pos, kHz_step, numvscales;
rdmsrl (MSR_VIA_LONGHAUL, longhaul.val);
if (!(longhaul.bits.RevisionID & 1))
rdmsrl(MSR_VIA_LONGHAUL, longhaul.val);
if (!(longhaul.bits.RevisionID & 1)) {
printk(KERN_INFO PFX "Voltage scaling not supported by CPU.\n");
return;
}
minvid = longhaul.bits.MinimumVID;
maxvid = longhaul.bits.MaximumVID;
vrmrev = longhaul.bits.VRMRev;
if (!longhaul.bits.VRMRev) {
printk (KERN_INFO PFX "VRM 8.5\n");
vrm_mV_table = &vrm85_mV[0];
mV_vrm_table = &mV_vrm85[0];
} else {
printk (KERN_INFO PFX "Mobile VRM\n");
vrm_mV_table = &mobilevrm_mV[0];
mV_vrm_table = &mV_mobilevrm[0];
}
if (minvid == 0 || maxvid == 0) {
minvid = vrm_mV_table[longhaul.bits.MinimumVID];
maxvid = vrm_mV_table[longhaul.bits.MaximumVID];
numvscales = maxvid.pos - minvid.pos + 1;
kHz_step = (highest_speed - lowest_speed) / numvscales;
if (minvid.mV == 0 || maxvid.mV == 0 || minvid.mV > maxvid.mV) {
printk (KERN_INFO PFX "Bogus values Min:%d.%03d Max:%d.%03d. "
"Voltage scaling disabled.\n",
minvid/1000, minvid%1000, maxvid/1000, maxvid%1000);
minvid.mV/1000, minvid.mV%1000, maxvid.mV/1000, maxvid.mV%1000);
return;
}
if (minvid == maxvid) {
if (minvid.mV == maxvid.mV) {
printk (KERN_INFO PFX "Claims to support voltage scaling but min & max are "
"both %d.%03d. Voltage scaling disabled\n",
maxvid/1000, maxvid%1000);
maxvid.mV/1000, maxvid.mV%1000);
return;
}
if (vrmrev==0) {
dprintk ("VRM 8.5\n");
memcpy (voltage_table, vrm85scales, sizeof(voltage_table));
numvscales = (voltage_table[maxvid]-voltage_table[minvid])/25;
} else {
dprintk ("Mobile VRM\n");
memcpy (voltage_table, mobilevrmscales, sizeof(voltage_table));
numvscales = (voltage_table[maxvid]-voltage_table[minvid])/5;
printk(KERN_INFO PFX "Max VID=%d.%03d Min VID=%d.%03d, %d possible voltage scales\n",
maxvid.mV/1000, maxvid.mV%1000,
minvid.mV/1000, minvid.mV%1000,
numvscales);
j = 0;
while (longhaul_table[j].frequency != CPUFREQ_TABLE_END) {
speed = longhaul_table[j].frequency;
pos = (speed - lowest_speed) / kHz_step + minvid.pos;
f_msr_table[longhaul_table[j].index].vrm = mV_vrm_table[pos];
j++;
}
/* Current voltage isn't readable at first, so we need to
set it to a known value. The spec says to use maxvid */
longhaul.bits.RevisionKey = longhaul.bits.RevisionID; /* FIXME: This is bad. */
longhaul.bits.EnableSoftVID = 1;
longhaul.bits.SoftVID = maxvid;
wrmsrl (MSR_VIA_LONGHAUL, longhaul.val);
minvid = voltage_table[minvid];
maxvid = voltage_table[maxvid];
dprintk ("Min VID=%d.%03d Max VID=%d.%03d, %d possible voltage scales\n",
maxvid/1000, maxvid%1000, minvid/1000, minvid%1000, numvscales);
can_scale_voltage = 1;
}
@ -540,21 +563,33 @@ static acpi_status longhaul_walk_callback(acpi_handle obj_handle,
return 1;
}
/* VIA don't support PM2 reg, but have something similar */
static int enable_arbiter_disable(void)
{
struct pci_dev *dev;
u8 pci_cmd;
/* Find PLE133 host bridge */
dev = pci_find_device(PCI_VENDOR_ID_VIA, PCI_DEVICE_ID_VIA_8601_0, NULL);
if (dev != NULL) {
/* Enable access to port 0x22 */
pci_read_config_byte(dev, 0x78, &pci_cmd);
if ( !(pci_cmd & 1<<7) ) {
pci_cmd |= 1<<7;
pci_write_config_byte(dev, 0x78, pci_cmd);
}
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
static int __init longhaul_cpu_init(struct cpufreq_policy *policy)
{
struct cpuinfo_x86 *c = cpu_data;
char *cpuname=NULL;
int ret;
/* Check ACPI support for C3 state */
acpi_walk_namespace(ACPI_TYPE_PROCESSOR, ACPI_ROOT_OBJECT, ACPI_UINT32_MAX,
&longhaul_walk_callback, NULL, (void *)&pr);
if (pr == NULL) goto err_acpi;
cx = &pr->power.states[ACPI_STATE_C3];
if (cx->address == 0 || cx->latency > 1000) goto err_acpi;
/* Now check what we have on this motherboard */
/* Check what we have on this motherboard */
switch (c->x86_model) {
case 6:
cpu_model = CPU_SAMUEL;
@ -636,12 +671,36 @@ static int __init longhaul_cpu_init(struct cpufreq_policy *policy)
break;
};
/* Find ACPI data for processor */
acpi_walk_namespace(ACPI_TYPE_PROCESSOR, ACPI_ROOT_OBJECT, ACPI_UINT32_MAX,
&longhaul_walk_callback, NULL, (void *)&pr);
if (pr == NULL)
goto err_acpi;
if (longhaul_version == TYPE_POWERSAVER) {
/* Check ACPI support for C3 state */
cx = &pr->power.states[ACPI_STATE_C3];
if (cx->address == 0 ||
(cx->latency > 1000 && ignore_latency == 0) )
goto err_acpi;
} else {
/* Check ACPI support for bus master arbiter disable */
if (!pr->flags.bm_control) {
if (!enable_arbiter_disable()) {
printk(KERN_ERR PFX "No ACPI support. No VT8601 host bridge. Aborting.\n");
return -ENODEV;
} else
port22_en = 1;
}
}
ret = longhaul_get_ranges();
if (ret != 0)
return ret;
if ((longhaul_version==TYPE_LONGHAUL_V2 || longhaul_version==TYPE_POWERSAVER) &&
(dont_scale_voltage==0))
(scale_voltage != 0))
longhaul_setup_voltagescaling();
policy->governor = CPUFREQ_DEFAULT_GOVERNOR;
@ -729,8 +788,10 @@ static void __exit longhaul_exit(void)
kfree(longhaul_table);
}
module_param (dont_scale_voltage, int, 0644);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dont_scale_voltage, "Don't scale voltage of processor");
module_param (scale_voltage, int, 0644);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(scale_voltage, "Scale voltage of processor");
module_param(ignore_latency, int, 0644);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(ignore_latency, "Skip ACPI C3 latency test");
MODULE_AUTHOR ("Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>");
MODULE_DESCRIPTION ("Longhaul driver for VIA Cyrix processors.");
@ -738,4 +799,3 @@ MODULE_LICENSE ("GPL");
late_initcall(longhaul_init);
module_exit(longhaul_exit);

48
arch/i386/kernel/cpu/cpufreq/longhaul.h
View file

@ -450,17 +450,45 @@ static int __initdata nehemiah_c_eblcr[32] = {
* Voltage scales. Div/Mod by 1000 to get actual voltage.
* Which scale to use depends on the VRM type in use.
*/
static int __initdata vrm85scales[32] = {
1250, 1200, 1150, 1100, 1050, 1800, 1750, 1700,
1650, 1600, 1550, 1500, 1450, 1400, 1350, 1300,
1275, 1225, 1175, 1125, 1075, 1825, 1775, 1725,
1675, 1625, 1575, 1525, 1475, 1425, 1375, 1325,
struct mV_pos {
unsigned short mV;
unsigned short pos;
};
static int __initdata mobilevrmscales[32] = {
2000, 1950, 1900, 1850, 1800, 1750, 1700, 1650,
1600, 1550, 1500, 1450, 1500, 1350, 1300, -1,
1275, 1250, 1225, 1200, 1175, 1150, 1125, 1100,
1075, 1050, 1025, 1000, 975, 950, 925, -1,
static struct mV_pos __initdata vrm85_mV[32] = {
{1250, 8}, {1200, 6}, {1150, 4}, {1100, 2},
{1050, 0}, {1800, 30}, {1750, 28}, {1700, 26},
{1650, 24}, {1600, 22}, {1550, 20}, {1500, 18},
{1450, 16}, {1400, 14}, {1350, 12}, {1300, 10},
{1275, 9}, {1225, 7}, {1175, 5}, {1125, 3},
{1075, 1}, {1825, 31}, {1775, 29}, {1725, 27},
{1675, 25}, {1625, 23}, {1575, 21}, {1525, 19},
{1475, 17}, {1425, 15}, {1375, 13}, {1325, 11}
};
static unsigned char __initdata mV_vrm85[32] = {
0x04, 0x14, 0x03, 0x13, 0x02, 0x12, 0x01, 0x11,
0x00, 0x10, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x0e, 0x1e, 0x0d, 0x1d,
0x0c, 0x1c, 0x0b, 0x1b, 0x0a, 0x1a, 0x09, 0x19,
0x08, 0x18, 0x07, 0x17, 0x06, 0x16, 0x05, 0x15
};
static struct mV_pos __initdata mobilevrm_mV[32] = {
{1750, 31}, {1700, 30}, {1650, 29}, {1600, 28},
{1550, 27}, {1500, 26}, {1450, 25}, {1400, 24},
{1350, 23}, {1300, 22}, {1250, 21}, {1200, 20},
{1150, 19}, {1100, 18}, {1050, 17}, {1000, 16},
{975, 15}, {950, 14}, {925, 13}, {900, 12},
{875, 11}, {850, 10}, {825, 9}, {800, 8},
{775, 7}, {750, 6}, {725, 5}, {700, 4},
{675, 3}, {650, 2}, {625, 1}, {600, 0}
};
static unsigned char __initdata mV_mobilevrm[32] = {
0x1f, 0x1e, 0x1d, 0x1c, 0x1b, 0x1a, 0x19, 0x18,
0x17, 0x16, 0x15, 0x14, 0x13, 0x12, 0x11, 0x10,
0x0f, 0x0e, 0x0d, 0x0c, 0x0b, 0x0a, 0x09, 0x08,
0x07, 0x06, 0x05, 0x04, 0x03, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00
};

42
arch/i386/kernel/cpu/cpufreq/speedstep-centrino.c
View file

@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
#ifdef CONFIG_X86_SPEEDSTEP_CENTRINO_ACPI
#include <linux/acpi.h>
#include <linux/dmi.h>
#include <acpi/processor.h>
#endif
@ -377,6 +378,35 @@ static int centrino_cpu_early_init_acpi(void)
return 0;
}
/*
* Some BIOSes do SW_ANY coordination internally, either set it up in hw
* or do it in BIOS firmware and won't inform about it to OS. If not
* detected, this has a side effect of making CPU run at a different speed
* than OS intended it to run at. Detect it and handle it cleanly.
*/
static int bios_with_sw_any_bug;
static int __init sw_any_bug_found(struct dmi_system_id *d)
{
bios_with_sw_any_bug = 1;
return 0;
}
static struct dmi_system_id sw_any_bug_dmi_table[] = {
{
.callback = sw_any_bug_found,
.ident = "Supermicro Server X6DLP",
.matches = {
DMI_MATCH(DMI_SYS_VENDOR, "Supermicro"),
DMI_MATCH(DMI_BIOS_VERSION, "080010"),
DMI_MATCH(DMI_PRODUCT_NAME, "X6DLP"),
},
},
{ }
};
/*
* centrino_cpu_init_acpi - register with ACPI P-States library
*
@ -398,14 +428,24 @@ static int centrino_cpu_init_acpi(struct cpufreq_policy *policy)
dprintk(PFX "obtaining ACPI data failed\n");
return -EIO;
}
policy->shared_type = p->shared_type;
/*
* Will let policy->cpus know about dependency only when software
* coordination is required.
*/
if (policy->shared_type == CPUFREQ_SHARED_TYPE_ALL ||
policy->shared_type == CPUFREQ_SHARED_TYPE_ANY)
policy->shared_type == CPUFREQ_SHARED_TYPE_ANY) {
policy->cpus = p->shared_cpu_map;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
dmi_check_system(sw_any_bug_dmi_table);
if (bios_with_sw_any_bug && cpus_weight(policy->cpus) == 1) {
policy->shared_type = CPUFREQ_SHARED_TYPE_ALL;
policy->cpus = cpu_core_map[cpu];
}
#endif
/* verify the acpi_data */
if (p->state_count <= 1) {

14
arch/powerpc/Kconfig
View file

@ -417,6 +417,17 @@ config PPC_MAPLE
This option enables support for the Maple 970FX Evaluation Board.
For more informations, refer to <http://www.970eval.com>
config PPC_PASEMI
depends on PPC_MULTIPLATFORM && PPC64
bool "PA Semi SoC-based platforms"
default n
select MPIC
select PPC_UDBG_16550
select GENERIC_TBSYNC
help
This option enables support for PA Semi's PWRficient line
of SoC processors, including PA6T-1682M
config PPC_CELL
bool
default n
@ -436,7 +447,8 @@ config PPC_IBM_CELL_BLADE
select UDBG_RTAS_CONSOLE
config UDBG_RTAS_CONSOLE
bool
bool "RTAS based debug console"
depends on PPC_RTAS
default n
config XICS

16
arch/powerpc/Kconfig.debug
View file

@ -18,6 +18,20 @@ config DEBUG_STACK_USAGE
This option will slow down process creation somewhat.
config HCALL_STATS
bool "Hypervisor call instrumentation"
depends on PPC_PSERIES && DEBUG_FS
help
Adds code to keep track of the number of hypervisor calls made and
the amount of time spent in hypervisor callsr. Wall time spent in
each call is always calculated, and if available CPU cycles spent
are also calculated. A directory named hcall_inst is added at the
root of the debugfs filesystem. Within the hcall_inst directory
are files that contain CPU specific call statistics.
This option will add a small amount of overhead to all hypervisor
calls.
config DEBUGGER
bool "Enable debugger hooks"
depends on DEBUG_KERNEL
@ -74,6 +88,8 @@ config XMON
very early during boot. 'xmon=on' will just enable the xmon
debugger hooks. 'xmon=off' will disable the debugger hooks
if CONFIG_XMON_DEFAULT is set.
xmon will print a backtrace on the very first invocation.
'xmon=nobt' will disable this autobacktrace.
config XMON_DEFAULT
bool "Enable xmon by default"

7
arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile
View file

@ -36,11 +36,16 @@ zliblinuxheader := zlib.h zconf.h zutil.h
$(addprefix $(obj)/,$(zlib) main.o): $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(zliblinuxheader)) $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(zlibheader))
#$(addprefix $(obj)/,main.o): $(addprefix $(obj)/,zlib.h)
src-boot := crt0.S string.S prom.c stdio.c main.c div64.S
src-boot-$(CONFIG_PPC_MULTIPLATFORM) := of.c
src-boot := crt0.S string.S stdio.c main.c div64.S $(src-boot-y)
src-boot += $(zlib)
src-boot := $(addprefix $(obj)/, $(src-boot))
obj-boot := $(addsuffix .o, $(basename $(src-boot)))
ifeq ($(call cc-option-yn, -fstack-protector),y)
BOOTCFLAGS += -fno-stack-protector
endif
BOOTCFLAGS += -I$(obj) -I$(srctree)/$(obj)
quiet_cmd_copy_zlib = COPY $@

16
arch/powerpc/boot/dts/mpc8349emds.dts
View file

@ -214,10 +214,10 @@
b800 0 0 4 700 15 8
/* IDSEL 0x18 */
b000 0 0 1 700 15 8
b000 0 0 2 700 16 8
b000 0 0 3 700 17 8
b000 0 0 4 700 14 8>;
c000 0 0 1 700 15 8
c000 0 0 2 700 16 8
c000 0 0 3 700 17 8
c000 0 0 4 700 14 8>;
interrupt-parent = <700>;
interrupts = <42 8>;
bus-range = <0 0>;
@ -274,10 +274,10 @@
b800 0 0 4 700 15 8
/* IDSEL 0x18 */
b000 0 0 1 700 15 8
b000 0 0 2 700 16 8
b000 0 0 3 700 17 8
b000 0 0 4 700 14 8>;
c000 0 0 1 700 15 8
c000 0 0 2 700 16 8
c000 0 0 3 700 17 8
c000 0 0 4 700 14 8>;
interrupt-parent = <700>;
interrupts = <42 8>;
bus-range = <0 0>;

46
arch/powerpc/boot/flatdevtree.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
*/
#ifndef FLATDEVTREE_H
#define FLATDEVTREE_H
#include "types.h"
/* Definitions used by the flattened device tree */
#define OF_DT_HEADER 0xd00dfeed /* marker */
#define OF_DT_BEGIN_NODE 0x1 /* Start of node, full name */
#define OF_DT_END_NODE 0x2 /* End node */
#define OF_DT_PROP 0x3 /* Property: name off, size, content */
#define OF_DT_NOP 0x4 /* nop */
#define OF_DT_END 0x9
#define OF_DT_VERSION 0x10
struct boot_param_header {
u32 magic; /* magic word OF_DT_HEADER */
u32 totalsize; /* total size of DT block */
u32 off_dt_struct; /* offset to structure */
u32 off_dt_strings; /* offset to strings */
u32 off_mem_rsvmap; /* offset to memory reserve map */
u32 version; /* format version */
u32 last_comp_version; /* last compatible version */
/* version 2 fields below */
u32 boot_cpuid_phys; /* Physical CPU id we're booting on */
/* version 3 fields below */
u32 dt_strings_size; /* size of the DT strings block */
};
#endif /* FLATDEVTREE_H */

258
arch/powerpc/boot/main.c
View file

@ -14,17 +14,12 @@
#include "page.h"
#include "string.h"
#include "stdio.h"
#include "prom.h"
#include "zlib.h"
#include "ops.h"
#include "flatdevtree.h"
extern void flush_cache(void *, unsigned long);
/* Value picked to match that used by yaboot */
#define PROG_START 0x01400000 /* only used on 64-bit systems */
#define RAM_END (512<<20) /* Fixme: use OF */
#define ONE_MB 0x100000
extern char _start[];
extern char __bss_start[];
extern char _end[];
@ -33,14 +28,6 @@ extern char _vmlinux_end[];
extern char _initrd_start[];
extern char _initrd_end[];
/* A buffer that may be edited by tools operating on a zImage binary so as to
* edit the command line passed to vmlinux (by setting /chosen/bootargs).
* The buffer is put in it's own section so that tools may locate it easier.
*/
static char builtin_cmdline[512]
__attribute__((section("__builtin_cmdline")));
struct addr_range {
unsigned long addr;
unsigned long size;
@ -51,21 +38,16 @@ static struct addr_range vmlinuz;
static struct addr_range initrd;
static unsigned long elfoffset;
static int is_64bit;
static char scratch[46912]; /* scratch space for gunzip, from zlib_inflate_workspacesize() */
/* scratch space for gunzip; 46912 is from zlib_inflate_workspacesize() */
static char scratch[46912];
static char elfheader[256];
typedef void (*kernel_entry_t)( unsigned long,
unsigned long,
void *,
void *);
typedef void (*kernel_entry_t)(unsigned long, unsigned long, void *);
#undef DEBUG
static unsigned long claim_base;
#define HEAD_CRC 2
#define EXTRA_FIELD 4
#define ORIG_NAME 8
@ -123,24 +105,6 @@ static void gunzip(void *dst, int dstlen, unsigned char *src, int *lenp)
zlib_inflateEnd(&s);
}
static unsigned long try_claim(unsigned long size)
{
unsigned long addr = 0;
for(; claim_base < RAM_END; claim_base += ONE_MB) {
#ifdef DEBUG
printf(" trying: 0x%08lx\n\r", claim_base);
#endif
addr = (unsigned long)claim(claim_base, size, 0);
if ((void *)addr != (void *)-1)
break;
}
if (addr == 0)
return 0;
claim_base = PAGE_ALIGN(claim_base + size);
return addr;
}
static int is_elf64(void *hdr)
{
Elf64_Ehdr *elf64 = hdr;
@ -169,16 +133,7 @@ static int is_elf64(void *hdr)
vmlinux.size = (unsigned long)elf64ph->p_filesz + elfoffset;
vmlinux.memsize = (unsigned long)elf64ph->p_memsz + elfoffset;
#if defined(PROG_START)
/*
* Maintain a "magic" minimum address. This keeps some older
* firmware platforms running.
*/
if (claim_base < PROG_START)
claim_base = PROG_START;
#endif
is_64bit = 1;
return 1;
}
@ -212,47 +167,9 @@ static int is_elf32(void *hdr)
return 1;
}
void export_cmdline(void* chosen_handle)
{
int len;
char cmdline[2] = { 0, 0 };
if (builtin_cmdline[0] == 0)
return;
len = getprop(chosen_handle, "bootargs", cmdline, sizeof(cmdline));
if (len > 0 && cmdline[0] != 0)
return;
setprop(chosen_handle, "bootargs", builtin_cmdline,
strlen(builtin_cmdline) + 1);
}
void start(unsigned long a1, unsigned long a2, void *promptr, void *sp)
static void prep_kernel(unsigned long *a1, unsigned long *a2)
{
int len;
kernel_entry_t kernel_entry;
memset(__bss_start, 0, _end - __bss_start);
prom = (int (*)(void *)) promptr;
chosen_handle = finddevice("/chosen");
if (chosen_handle == (void *) -1)
exit();
if (getprop(chosen_handle, "stdout", &stdout, sizeof(stdout)) != 4)
exit();
printf("\n\rzImage starting: loaded at 0x%p (sp: 0x%p)\n\r", _start, sp);
/*
* The first available claim_base must be above the end of the
* the loaded kernel wrapper file (_start to _end includes the
* initrd image if it is present) and rounded up to a nice
* 1 MB boundary for good measure.
*/
claim_base = _ALIGN_UP((unsigned long)_end, ONE_MB);
vmlinuz.addr = (unsigned long)_vmlinux_start;
vmlinuz.size = (unsigned long)(_vmlinux_end - _vmlinux_start);
@ -263,43 +180,51 @@ void start(unsigned long a1, unsigned long a2, void *promptr, void *sp)
gunzip(elfheader, sizeof(elfheader),
(unsigned char *)vmlinuz.addr, &len);
} else
memcpy(elfheader, (const void *)vmlinuz.addr, sizeof(elfheader));
memcpy(elfheader, (const void *)vmlinuz.addr,
sizeof(elfheader));
if (!is_elf64(elfheader) && !is_elf32(elfheader)) {
printf("Error: not a valid PPC32 or PPC64 ELF file!\n\r");
exit();
}
if (platform_ops.image_hdr)
platform_ops.image_hdr(elfheader);
/* We need to claim the memsize plus the file offset since gzip
/* We need to alloc the memsize plus the file offset since gzip
* will expand the header (file offset), then the kernel, then
* possible rubbish we don't care about. But the kernel bss must
* be claimed (it will be zero'd by the kernel itself)
*/
printf("Allocating 0x%lx bytes for kernel ...\n\r", vmlinux.memsize);
vmlinux.addr = try_claim(vmlinux.memsize);
vmlinux.addr = (unsigned long)malloc(vmlinux.memsize);
if (vmlinux.addr == 0) {
printf("Can't allocate memory for kernel image !\n\r");
exit();
}
/*
* Now we try to claim memory for the initrd (and copy it there)
* Now we try to alloc memory for the initrd (and copy it there)
*/
initrd.size = (unsigned long)(_initrd_end - _initrd_start);
initrd.memsize = initrd.size;
if ( initrd.size > 0 ) {
printf("Allocating 0x%lx bytes for initrd ...\n\r", initrd.size);
initrd.addr = try_claim(initrd.size);
printf("Allocating 0x%lx bytes for initrd ...\n\r",
initrd.size);
initrd.addr = (unsigned long)malloc((u32)initrd.size);
if (initrd.addr == 0) {
printf("Can't allocate memory for initial ramdisk !\n\r");
printf("Can't allocate memory for initial "
"ramdisk !\n\r");
exit();
}
a1 = initrd.addr;
a2 = initrd.size;
printf("initial ramdisk moving 0x%lx <- 0x%lx (0x%lx bytes)\n\r",
initrd.addr, (unsigned long)_initrd_start, initrd.size);
memmove((void *)initrd.addr, (void *)_initrd_start, initrd.size);
printf("initrd head: 0x%lx\n\r", *((unsigned long *)initrd.addr));
*a1 = initrd.addr;
*a2 = initrd.size;
printf("initial ramdisk moving 0x%lx <- 0x%lx "
"(0x%lx bytes)\n\r", initrd.addr,
(unsigned long)_initrd_start, initrd.size);
memmove((void *)initrd.addr, (void *)_initrd_start,
initrd.size);
printf("initrd head: 0x%lx\n\r",
*((unsigned long *)initrd.addr));
}
/* Eventually gunzip the kernel */
@ -311,11 +236,10 @@ void start(unsigned long a1, unsigned long a2, void *promptr, void *sp)
(unsigned char *)vmlinuz.addr, &len);
printf("done 0x%lx bytes\n\r", len);
} else {
memmove((void *)vmlinux.addr,(void *)vmlinuz.addr,vmlinuz.size);
memmove((void *)vmlinux.addr,(void *)vmlinuz.addr,
vmlinuz.size);
}
export_cmdline(chosen_handle);
/* Skip over the ELF header */
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("... skipping 0x%lx bytes of ELF header\n\r",
@ -324,23 +248,107 @@ void start(unsigned long a1, unsigned long a2, void *promptr, void *sp)
vmlinux.addr += elfoffset;
flush_cache((void *)vmlinux.addr, vmlinux.size);
kernel_entry = (kernel_entry_t)vmlinux.addr;
#ifdef DEBUG
printf( "kernel:\n\r"
" entry addr = 0x%lx\n\r"
" a1 = 0x%lx,\n\r"
" a2 = 0x%lx,\n\r"
" prom = 0x%lx,\n\r"
" bi_recs = 0x%lx,\n\r",
(unsigned long)kernel_entry, a1, a2,
(unsigned long)prom, NULL);
#endif
kernel_entry(a1, a2, prom, NULL);
printf("Error: Linux kernel returned to zImage bootloader!\n\r");
exit();
}
void __attribute__ ((weak)) ft_init(void *dt_blob)
{
}
/* A buffer that may be edited by tools operating on a zImage binary so as to
* edit the command line passed to vmlinux (by setting /chosen/bootargs).
* The buffer is put in it's own section so that tools may locate it easier.
*/
static char builtin_cmdline[COMMAND_LINE_SIZE]
__attribute__((__section__("__builtin_cmdline")));
static void get_cmdline(char *buf, int size)
{
void *devp;
int len = strlen(builtin_cmdline);
buf[0] = '\0';
if (len > 0) { /* builtin_cmdline overrides dt's /chosen/bootargs */
len = min(len, size-1);
strncpy(buf, builtin_cmdline, len);
buf[len] = '\0';
}
else if ((devp = finddevice("/chosen")))
getprop(devp, "bootargs", buf, size);
}
static void set_cmdline(char *buf)
{
void *devp;
if ((devp = finddevice("/chosen")))
setprop(devp, "bootargs", buf, strlen(buf) + 1);
}
/* Section where ft can be tacked on after zImage is built */
union blobspace {
struct boot_param_header hdr;
char space[8*1024];
} dt_blob __attribute__((__section__("__builtin_ft")));
struct platform_ops platform_ops;
struct dt_ops dt_ops;
struct console_ops console_ops;
void start(unsigned long a1, unsigned long a2, void *promptr, void *sp)
{
int have_dt = 0;
kernel_entry_t kentry;
char cmdline[COMMAND_LINE_SIZE];
memset(__bss_start, 0, _end - __bss_start);
memset(&platform_ops, 0, sizeof(platform_ops));
memset(&dt_ops, 0, sizeof(dt_ops));
memset(&console_ops, 0, sizeof(console_ops));
/* Override the dt_ops and device tree if there was an flat dev
* tree attached to the zImage.
*/
if (dt_blob.hdr.magic == OF_DT_HEADER) {
have_dt = 1;
ft_init(&dt_blob);
}
if (platform_init(promptr))
exit();
if (console_ops.open && (console_ops.open() < 0))
exit();
if (platform_ops.fixups)
platform_ops.fixups();
printf("\n\rzImage starting: loaded at 0x%p (sp: 0x%p)\n\r",
_start, sp);
prep_kernel(&a1, &a2);
/* If cmdline came from zimage wrapper or if we can edit the one
* in the dt, print it out and edit it, if possible.
*/
if ((strlen(builtin_cmdline) > 0) || console_ops.edit_cmdline) {
get_cmdline(cmdline, COMMAND_LINE_SIZE);
printf("\n\rLinux/PowerPC load: %s", cmdline);
if (console_ops.edit_cmdline)
console_ops.edit_cmdline(cmdline, COMMAND_LINE_SIZE);
printf("\n\r");
set_cmdline(cmdline);
}
if (console_ops.close)
console_ops.close();
kentry = (kernel_entry_t) vmlinux.addr;
if (have_dt)
kentry(dt_ops.ft_addr(), 0, NULL);
else
/* XXX initrd addr/size should be passed in properties */
kentry(a1, a2, promptr);
/* console closed so printf below may not work */
printf("Error: Linux kernel returned to zImage boot wrapper!\n\r");
exit();
}

144
arch/powerpc/boot/prom.c → arch/powerpc/boot/of.c
View file

@ -8,15 +8,29 @@
*/
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "types.h"
#include "elf.h"
#include "string.h"
#include "stdio.h"
#include "prom.h"
#include "page.h"
#include "ops.h"
int (*prom)(void *);
phandle chosen_handle;
ihandle stdout;
typedef void *ihandle;
typedef void *phandle;
int call_prom(const char *service, int nargs, int nret, ...)
extern char _end[];
/* Value picked to match that used by yaboot */
#define PROG_START 0x01400000 /* only used on 64-bit systems */
#define RAM_END (512<<20) /* Fixme: use OF */
#define ONE_MB 0x100000
int (*prom) (void *);
static unsigned long claim_base;
static int call_prom(const char *service, int nargs, int nret, ...)
{
int i;
struct prom_args {
@ -45,7 +59,7 @@ int call_prom(const char *service, int nargs, int nret, ...)
return (nret > 0)? args.args[nargs]: 0;
}
int call_prom_ret(const char *service, int nargs, int nret,
static int call_prom_ret(const char *service, int nargs, int nret,
unsigned int *rets, ...)
{
int i;
@ -79,11 +93,6 @@ int call_prom_ret(const char *service, int nargs, int nret,
return (nret > 0)? args.args[nargs]: 0;
}
int write(void *handle, void *ptr, int nb)
{
return call_prom("write", 3, 1, handle, ptr, nb);
}
/*
* Older OF's require that when claiming a specific range of addresses,
* we claim the physical space in the /memory node and the virtual
@ -142,7 +151,7 @@ static int check_of_version(void)
return 1;
}
void *claim(unsigned long virt, unsigned long size, unsigned long align)
static void *claim(unsigned long virt, unsigned long size, unsigned long align)
{
int ret;
unsigned int result;
@ -151,7 +160,7 @@ void *claim(unsigned long virt, unsigned long size, unsigned long align)
need_map = check_of_version();
if (align || !need_map)
return (void *) call_prom("claim", 3, 1, virt, size, align);
ret = call_prom_ret("call-method", 5, 2, &result, "claim", memory,
align, size, virt);
if (ret != 0 || result == -1)
@ -163,3 +172,112 @@ void *claim(unsigned long virt, unsigned long size, unsigned long align)
0x12, size, virt, virt);
return (void *) virt;
}
static void *of_try_claim(u32 size)
{
unsigned long addr = 0;
static u8 first_time = 1;
if (first_time) {
claim_base = _ALIGN_UP((unsigned long)_end, ONE_MB);
first_time = 0;
}
for(; claim_base < RAM_END; claim_base += ONE_MB) {
#ifdef DEBUG
printf(" trying: 0x%08lx\n\r", claim_base);
#endif
addr = (unsigned long)claim(claim_base, size, 0);
if ((void *)addr != (void *)-1)
break;
}
if (addr == 0)
return NULL;
claim_base = PAGE_ALIGN(claim_base + size);
return (void *)addr;
}
static void of_image_hdr(const void *hdr)
{
const Elf64_Ehdr *elf64 = hdr;
if (elf64->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) {
/*
* Maintain a "magic" minimum address. This keeps some older
* firmware platforms running.
*/
if (claim_base < PROG_START)
claim_base = PROG_START;
}
}
static void of_exit(void)
{
call_prom("exit", 0, 0);
}
/*
* OF device tree routines
*/
static void *of_finddevice(const char *name)
{
return (phandle) call_prom("finddevice", 1, 1, name);
}
static int of_getprop(const void *phandle, const char *name, void *buf,
const int buflen)
{
return call_prom("getprop", 4, 1, phandle, name, buf, buflen);
}
static int of_setprop(const void *phandle, const char *name, const void *buf,
const int buflen)
{
return call_prom("setprop", 4, 1, phandle, name, buf, buflen);
}
/*
* OF console routines
*/
static void *of_stdout_handle;
static int of_console_open(void)
{
void *devp;
if (((devp = finddevice("/chosen")) != NULL)
&& (getprop(devp, "stdout", &of_stdout_handle,
sizeof(of_stdout_handle))
== sizeof(of_stdout_handle)))
return 0;
return -1;
}
static void of_console_write(char *buf, int len)
{
call_prom("write", 3, 1, of_stdout_handle, buf, len);
}
int platform_init(void *promptr)
{
platform_ops.fixups = NULL;
platform_ops.image_hdr = of_image_hdr;
platform_ops.malloc = of_try_claim;
platform_ops.free = NULL;
platform_ops.exit = of_exit;
dt_ops.finddevice = of_finddevice;
dt_ops.getprop = of_getprop;
dt_ops.setprop = of_setprop;
dt_ops.translate_addr = NULL;
console_ops.open = of_console_open;
console_ops.write = of_console_write;
console_ops.edit_cmdline = NULL;
console_ops.close = NULL;
console_ops.data = NULL;
prom = (int (*)(void *))promptr;
return 0;
}

100
arch/powerpc/boot/ops.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/*
* Global definition of all the bootwrapper operations.
*
* Author: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@mvista.com>
*
* 2006 (c) MontaVista Software, Inc. This file is licensed under
* the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2. This program
* is licensed "as is" without any warranty of any kind, whether express
* or implied.
*/
#ifndef _PPC_BOOT_OPS_H_
#define _PPC_BOOT_OPS_H_
#include "types.h"
#define COMMAND_LINE_SIZE 512
#define MAX_PATH_LEN 256
#define MAX_PROP_LEN 256 /* What should this be? */
/* Platform specific operations */
struct platform_ops {
void (*fixups)(void);
void (*image_hdr)(const void *);
void * (*malloc)(u32 size);
void (*free)(void *ptr, u32 size);
void (*exit)(void);
};
extern struct platform_ops platform_ops;
/* Device Tree operations */
struct dt_ops {
void * (*finddevice)(const char *name);
int (*getprop)(const void *node, const char *name, void *buf,
const int buflen);
int (*setprop)(const void *node, const char *name,
const void *buf, const int buflen);
u64 (*translate_addr)(const char *path, const u32 *in_addr,
const u32 addr_len);
unsigned long (*ft_addr)(void);
};
extern struct dt_ops dt_ops;
/* Console operations */
struct console_ops {
int (*open)(void);
void (*write)(char *buf, int len);
void (*edit_cmdline)(char *buf, int len);
void (*close)(void);
void *data;
};
extern struct console_ops console_ops;
/* Serial console operations */
struct serial_console_data {
int (*open)(void);
void (*putc)(unsigned char c);
unsigned char (*getc)(void);
u8 (*tstc)(void);
void (*close)(void);
};
extern int platform_init(void *promptr);
extern void simple_alloc_init(void);
extern void ft_init(void *dt_blob);
extern int serial_console_init(void);
static inline void *finddevice(const char *name)
{
return (dt_ops.finddevice) ? dt_ops.finddevice(name) : NULL;
}
static inline int getprop(void *devp, const char *name, void *buf, int buflen)
{
return (dt_ops.getprop) ? dt_ops.getprop(devp, name, buf, buflen) : -1;
}
static inline int setprop(void *devp, const char *name, void *buf, int buflen)
{
return (dt_ops.setprop) ? dt_ops.setprop(devp, name, buf, buflen) : -1;
}
static inline void *malloc(u32 size)
{
return (platform_ops.malloc) ? platform_ops.malloc(size) : NULL;
}
static inline void free(void *ptr, u32 size)
{
if (platform_ops.free)
platform_ops.free(ptr, size);
}
static inline void exit(void)
{
if (platform_ops.exit)
platform_ops.exit();
for(;;);
}
#endif /* _PPC_BOOT_OPS_H_ */

41
arch/powerpc/boot/prom.h
View file

@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
#ifndef _PPC_BOOT_PROM_H_
#define _PPC_BOOT_PROM_H_
typedef void *phandle;
typedef void *ihandle;
extern int (*prom) (void *);
extern phandle chosen_handle;
extern ihandle stdout;
int call_prom(const char *service, int nargs, int nret, ...);
int call_prom_ret(const char *service, int nargs, int nret,
unsigned int *rets, ...);
extern int write(void *handle, void *ptr, int nb);
extern void *claim(unsigned long virt, unsigned long size, unsigned long aln);
static inline void exit(void)
{
call_prom("exit", 0, 0);
}
static inline phandle finddevice(const char *name)
{
return (phandle) call_prom("finddevice", 1, 1, name);
}
static inline int getprop(void *phandle, const char *name,
void *buf, int buflen)
{
return call_prom("getprop", 4, 1, phandle, name, buf, buflen);
}
static inline int setprop(void *phandle, const char *name,
void *buf, int buflen)
{
return call_prom("setprop", 4, 1, phandle, name, buf, buflen);
}
#endif /* _PPC_BOOT_PROM_H_ */

4
arch/powerpc/boot/stdio.c
View file

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#include <stddef.h>
#include "string.h"
#include "stdio.h"
#include "prom.h"
#include "ops.h"
size_t strnlen(const char * s, size_t count)
{
@ -320,6 +320,6 @@ printf(const char *fmt, ...)
va_start(args, fmt);
n = vsprintf(sprint_buf, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
write(stdout, sprint_buf, n);
console_ops.write(sprint_buf, n);
return n;
}

8
arch/powerpc/boot/stdio.h
View file

@ -1,8 +1,16 @@
#ifndef _PPC_BOOT_STDIO_H_
#define _PPC_BOOT_STDIO_H_
#include <stdarg.h>
#define ENOMEM 12 /* Out of Memory */
#define EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
extern int printf(const char *fmt, ...);
#define fprintf(fmt, args...) printf(args)
extern int sprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, ...);
extern int vsprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list args);

23
arch/powerpc/boot/types.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
#ifndef _TYPES_H_
#define _TYPES_H_
#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
typedef unsigned char u8;
typedef unsigned short u16;
typedef unsigned int u32;
typedef unsigned long long u64;
#define min(x,y) ({ \
typeof(x) _x = (x); \
typeof(y) _y = (y); \
(void) (&_x == &_y); \
_x < _y ? _x : _y; })
#define max(x,y) ({ \
typeof(x) _x = (x); \
typeof(y) _y = (y); \
(void) (&_x == &_y); \
_x > _y ? _x : _y; })
#endif /* _TYPES_H_ */

2
arch/powerpc/configs/maple_defconfig
View file

@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ CONFIG_E1000=y
# CONFIG_SKY2 is not set
# CONFIG_SK98LIN is not set
# CONFIG_VIA_VELOCITY is not set
# CONFIG_TIGON3 is not set
CONFIG_TIGON3=y
# CONFIG_BNX2 is not set
# CONFIG_MV643XX_ETH is not set

4
arch/powerpc/kernel/Makefile
View file

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ obj-y := semaphore.o cputable.o ptrace.o syscalls.o \
obj-y += vdso32/
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC64) += setup_64.o binfmt_elf32.o sys_ppc32.o \
signal_64.o ptrace32.o \
paca.o cpu_setup_power4.o \
paca.o cpu_setup_ppc970.o \
firmware.o sysfs.o
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC64) += vdso64/
obj-$(CONFIG_ALTIVEC) += vecemu.o vector.o
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ extra-$(CONFIG_8xx) := head_8xx.o
extra-y += vmlinux.lds
obj-y += time.o prom.o traps.o setup-common.o \
udbg.o misc.o
udbg.o misc.o io.o
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC32) += entry_32.o setup_32.o misc_32.o
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC64) += misc_64.o dma_64.o iommu.o
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC_MULTIPLATFORM) += prom_init.o

17
arch/powerpc/kernel/asm-offsets.c
View file

@ -40,9 +40,10 @@
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC64
#include <asm/paca.h>
#include <asm/lppaca.h>
#include <asm/iseries/hv_lp_event.h>
#include <asm/cache.h>
#include <asm/compat.h>
#include <asm/mmu.h>
#include <asm/hvcall.h>
#endif
#define DEFINE(sym, val) \
@ -136,11 +137,18 @@ int main(void)
DEFINE(PACA_STARTPURR, offsetof(struct paca_struct, startpurr));
DEFINE(PACA_USER_TIME, offsetof(struct paca_struct, user_time));
DEFINE(PACA_SYSTEM_TIME, offsetof(struct paca_struct, system_time));
DEFINE(PACA_SLBSHADOWPTR, offsetof(struct paca_struct, slb_shadow_ptr));
DEFINE(PACA_DATA_OFFSET, offsetof(struct paca_struct, data_offset));
DEFINE(SLBSHADOW_STACKVSID,
offsetof(struct slb_shadow, save_area[SLB_NUM_BOLTED - 1].vsid));
DEFINE(SLBSHADOW_STACKESID,
offsetof(struct slb_shadow, save_area[SLB_NUM_BOLTED - 1].esid));
DEFINE(LPPACASRR0, offsetof(struct lppaca, saved_srr0));
DEFINE(LPPACASRR1, offsetof(struct lppaca, saved_srr1));
DEFINE(LPPACAANYINT, offsetof(struct lppaca, int_dword.any_int));
DEFINE(LPPACADECRINT, offsetof(struct lppaca, int_dword.fields.decr_int));
DEFINE(SLBSHADOW_SAVEAREA, offsetof(struct slb_shadow, save_area));
#endif /* CONFIG_PPC64 */
/* RTAS */
@ -159,6 +167,12 @@ int main(void)
/* Create extra stack space for SRR0 and SRR1 when calling prom/rtas. */
DEFINE(PROM_FRAME_SIZE, STACK_FRAME_OVERHEAD + sizeof(struct pt_regs) + 16);
DEFINE(RTAS_FRAME_SIZE, STACK_FRAME_OVERHEAD + sizeof(struct pt_regs) + 16);
/* hcall statistics */
DEFINE(HCALL_STAT_SIZE, sizeof(struct hcall_stats));
DEFINE(HCALL_STAT_CALLS, offsetof(struct hcall_stats, num_calls));
DEFINE(HCALL_STAT_TB, offsetof(struct hcall_stats, tb_total));
DEFINE(HCALL_STAT_PURR, offsetof(struct hcall_stats, purr_total));
#endif /* CONFIG_PPC64 */
DEFINE(GPR0, STACK_FRAME_OVERHEAD+offsetof(struct pt_regs, gpr[0]));
DEFINE(GPR1, STACK_FRAME_OVERHEAD+offsetof(struct pt_regs, gpr[1]));
@ -240,6 +254,7 @@ int main(void)
DEFINE(CPU_SPEC_PVR_VALUE, offsetof(struct cpu_spec, pvr_value));
DEFINE(CPU_SPEC_FEATURES, offsetof(struct cpu_spec, cpu_features));
DEFINE(CPU_SPEC_SETUP, offsetof(struct cpu_spec, cpu_setup));
DEFINE(CPU_SPEC_RESTORE, offsetof(struct cpu_spec, cpu_restore));
#ifndef CONFIG_PPC64
DEFINE(pbe_address, offsetof(struct pbe, address));

24
arch/powerpc/kernel/btext.c
View file

@ -158,35 +158,35 @@ int btext_initialize(struct device_node *np)
{
unsigned int width, height, depth, pitch;
unsigned long address = 0;
u32 *prop;
const u32 *prop;
prop = (u32 *)get_property(np, "linux,bootx-width", NULL);
prop = get_property(np, "linux,bootx-width", NULL);
if (prop == NULL)
prop = (u32 *)get_property(np, "width", NULL);
prop = get_property(np, "width", NULL);
if (prop == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
width = *prop;
prop = (u32 *)get_property(np, "linux,bootx-height", NULL);
prop = get_property(np, "linux,bootx-height", NULL);
if (prop == NULL)
prop = (u32 *)get_property(np, "height", NULL);
prop = get_property(np, "height", NULL);
if (prop == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
height = *prop;
prop = (u32 *)get_property(np, "linux,bootx-depth", NULL);
prop = get_property(np, "linux,bootx-depth", NULL);
if (prop == NULL)
prop = (u32 *)get_property(np, "depth", NULL);
prop = get_property(np, "depth", NULL);
if (prop == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
depth = *prop;
pitch = width * ((depth + 7) / 8);
prop = (u32 *)get_property(np, "linux,bootx-linebytes", NULL);
prop = get_property(np, "linux,bootx-linebytes", NULL);
if (prop == NULL)
prop = (u32 *)get_property(np, "linebytes", NULL);
prop = get_property(np, "linebytes", NULL);
if (prop)
pitch = *prop;
if (pitch == 1)
pitch = 0x1000;
prop = (u32 *)get_property(np, "address", NULL);
prop = get_property(np, "address", NULL);
if (prop)
address = *prop;
@ -214,11 +214,11 @@ int btext_initialize(struct device_node *np)
int __init btext_find_display(int allow_nonstdout)
{
char *name;
const char *name;
struct device_node *np = NULL;
int rc = -ENODEV;
name = (char *)get_property(of_chosen, "linux,stdout-path", NULL);
name = get_property(of_chosen, "linux,stdout-path", NULL);
if (name != NULL) {
np = of_find_node_by_path(name);
if (np != NULL) {

103
arch/powerpc/kernel/cpu_setup_power4.S → arch/powerpc/kernel/cpu_setup_ppc970.S
View file

@ -16,27 +16,12 @@
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
#include <asm/cache.h>
_GLOBAL(__970_cpu_preinit)
/*
* Do nothing if not running in HV mode
*/
_GLOBAL(__cpu_preinit_ppc970)
/* Do nothing if not running in HV mode */
mfmsr r0
rldicl. r0,r0,4,63
beqlr
/*
* Deal only with PPC970 and PPC970FX.
*/
mfspr r0,SPRN_PVR
srwi r0,r0,16
cmpwi r0,0x39
beq 1f
cmpwi r0,0x3c
beq 1f
cmpwi r0,0x44
bnelr
1:
/* Make sure HID4:rm_ci is off before MMU is turned off, that large
* pages are enabled with HID4:61 and clear HID5:DCBZ_size and
* HID5:DCBZ32_ill
@ -72,23 +57,6 @@ _GLOBAL(__970_cpu_preinit)
isync
blr
_GLOBAL(__setup_cpu_ppc970)
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
li r11,5 /* clear DOZE and SLEEP */
rldimi r0,r11,52,8 /* set NAP and DPM */
li r11,0
rldimi r0,r11,32,31 /* clear EN_ATTN */
mtspr SPRN_HID0,r0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
sync
isync
blr
/* Definitions for the table use to save CPU states */
#define CS_HID0 0
#define CS_HID1 8
@ -103,33 +71,30 @@ cpu_state_storage:
.balign L1_CACHE_BYTES,0
.text
/* Called in normal context to backup CPU 0 state. This
* does not include cache settings. This function is also
* called for machine sleep. This does not include the MMU
* setup, BATs, etc... but rather the "special" registers
* like HID0, HID1, HID4, etc...
*/
_GLOBAL(__save_cpu_setup)
/* Some CR fields are volatile, we back it up all */
mfcr r7
/* Get storage ptr */
LOAD_REG_IMMEDIATE(r5,cpu_state_storage)
/* We only deal with 970 for now */
mfspr r0,SPRN_PVR
srwi r0,r0,16
cmpwi r0,0x39
beq 1f
cmpwi r0,0x3c
beq 1f
cmpwi r0,0x44
bne 2f
1: /* skip if not running in HV mode */
_GLOBAL(__setup_cpu_ppc970)
/* Do nothing if not running in HV mode */
mfmsr r0
rldicl. r0,r0,4,63
beq 2f
beqlr
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
li r11,5 /* clear DOZE and SLEEP */
rldimi r0,r11,52,8 /* set NAP and DPM */
li r11,0
rldimi r0,r11,32,31 /* clear EN_ATTN */
mtspr SPRN_HID0,r0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
mfspr r0,SPRN_HID0
sync
isync
/* Save away cpu state */
LOAD_REG_IMMEDIATE(r5,cpu_state_storage)
/* Save HID0,1,4 and 5 */
mfspr r3,SPRN_HID0
@ -141,35 +106,19 @@ _GLOBAL(__save_cpu_setup)
mfspr r3,SPRN_HID5
std r3,CS_HID5(r5)
2:
mtcr r7
blr
/* Called with no MMU context (typically MSR:IR/DR off) to
* restore CPU state as backed up by the previous
* function. This does not include cache setting
*/
_GLOBAL(__restore_cpu_setup)
/* Get storage ptr (FIXME when using anton reloc as we
* are running with translation disabled here
*/
LOAD_REG_IMMEDIATE(r5,cpu_state_storage)
/* We only deal with 970 for now */
mfspr r0,SPRN_PVR
srwi r0,r0,16
cmpwi r0,0x39
beq 1f
cmpwi r0,0x3c
beq 1f
cmpwi r0,0x44
bnelr
1: /* skip if not running in HV mode */
_GLOBAL(__restore_cpu_ppc970)
/* Do nothing if not running in HV mode */
mfmsr r0
rldicl. r0,r0,4,63
beqlr
LOAD_REG_IMMEDIATE(r5,cpu_state_storage)
/* Before accessing memory, we make sure rm_ci is clear */
li r0,0
mfspr r3,SPRN_HID4

21
arch/powerpc/kernel/cputable.c
View file

@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ extern void __setup_cpu_7400(unsigned long offset, struct cpu_spec* spec);
extern void __setup_cpu_7410(unsigned long offset, struct cpu_spec* spec);
extern void __setup_cpu_745x(unsigned long offset, struct cpu_spec* spec);
#endif /* CONFIG_PPC32 */
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC64
extern void __setup_cpu_ppc970(unsigned long offset, struct cpu_spec* spec);
extern void __restore_cpu_ppc970(void);
#endif /* CONFIG_PPC64 */
/* This table only contains "desktop" CPUs, it need to be filled with embedded
* ones as well...
@ -55,6 +58,9 @@ extern void __setup_cpu_ppc970(unsigned long offset, struct cpu_spec* spec);
#define COMMON_USER_POWER6 (COMMON_USER_PPC64 | PPC_FEATURE_ARCH_2_05 |\
PPC_FEATURE_SMT | PPC_FEATURE_ICACHE_SNOOP | \
PPC_FEATURE_TRUE_LE)
#define COMMON_USER_PA6T (COMMON_USER_PPC64 | PPC_FEATURE_PA6T |\
PPC_FEATURE_TRUE_LE | \
PPC_FEATURE_HAS_ALTIVEC_COMP)
#define COMMON_USER_BOOKE (PPC_FEATURE_32 | PPC_FEATURE_HAS_MMU | \
PPC_FEATURE_BOOKE)
@ -184,6 +190,7 @@ struct cpu_spec cpu_specs[] = {
.dcache_bsize = 128,
.num_pmcs = 8,
.cpu_setup = __setup_cpu_ppc970,
.cpu_restore = __restore_cpu_ppc970,
.oprofile_cpu_type = "ppc64/970",
.oprofile_type = PPC_OPROFILE_POWER4,
.platform = "ppc970",
@ -199,6 +206,7 @@ struct cpu_spec cpu_specs[] = {
.dcache_bsize = 128,
.num_pmcs = 8,
.cpu_setup = __setup_cpu_ppc970,
.cpu_restore = __restore_cpu_ppc970,
.oprofile_cpu_type = "ppc64/970",
.oprofile_type = PPC_OPROFILE_POWER4,
.platform = "ppc970",
@ -214,6 +222,7 @@ struct cpu_spec cpu_specs[] = {
.dcache_bsize = 128,
.num_pmcs = 8,
.cpu_setup = __setup_cpu_ppc970,
.cpu_restore = __restore_cpu_ppc970,
.oprofile_cpu_type = "ppc64/970",
.oprofile_type = PPC_OPROFILE_POWER4,
.platform = "ppc970",
@ -280,6 +289,17 @@ struct cpu_spec cpu_specs[] = {
.dcache_bsize = 128,
.platform = "ppc-cell-be",
},
{ /* PA Semi PA6T */
.pvr_mask = 0x7fff0000,
.pvr_value = 0x00900000,
.cpu_name = "PA6T",
.cpu_features = CPU_FTRS_PA6T,
.cpu_user_features = COMMON_USER_PA6T,
.icache_bsize = 64,
.dcache_bsize = 64,
.num_pmcs = 6,
.platform = "pa6t",
},
{ /* default match */
.pvr_mask = 0x00000000,
.pvr_value = 0x00000000,
@ -929,6 +949,7 @@ struct cpu_spec cpu_specs[] = {
PPC_FEATURE_HAS_MMU | PPC_FEATURE_HAS_4xxMAC,
.icache_bsize = 32,
.dcache_bsize = 32,
.platform = "ppc405",
},
{ /* 405EP */
.pvr_mask = 0xffff0000,

2
arch/powerpc/kernel/crash_dump.c
View file

@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ static int __init parse_savemaxmem(char *p)
}
__setup("savemaxmem=", parse_savemaxmem);
/*
/**
* copy_oldmem_page - copy one page from "oldmem"
* @pfn: page frame number to be copied
* @buf: target memory address for the copy; this can be in kernel address

65
arch/powerpc/kernel/dma_64.c
View file

@ -35,10 +35,9 @@ int dma_supported(struct device *dev, u64 mask)
{
struct dma_mapping_ops *dma_ops = get_dma_ops(dev);
if (dma_ops)
return dma_ops->dma_supported(dev, mask);
BUG();
return 0;
BUG_ON(!dma_ops);
return dma_ops->dma_supported(dev, mask);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_supported);
@ -66,10 +65,9 @@ void *dma_alloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size,
{
struct dma_mapping_ops *dma_ops = get_dma_ops(dev);
if (dma_ops)
return dma_ops->alloc_coherent(dev, size, dma_handle, flag);
BUG();
return NULL;
BUG_ON(!dma_ops);
return dma_ops->alloc_coherent(dev, size, dma_handle, flag);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_alloc_coherent);
@ -78,10 +76,9 @@ void dma_free_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
{
struct dma_mapping_ops *dma_ops = get_dma_ops(dev);
if (dma_ops)
dma_ops->free_coherent(dev, size, cpu_addr, dma_handle);
else
BUG();
BUG_ON(!dma_ops);
dma_ops->free_coherent(dev, size, cpu_addr, dma_handle);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_free_coherent);
@ -90,10 +87,9 @@ dma_addr_t dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size,
{
struct dma_mapping_ops *dma_ops = get_dma_ops(dev);
if (dma_ops)
return dma_ops->map_single(dev, cpu_addr, size, direction);
BUG();
return (dma_addr_t)0;
BUG_ON(!dma_ops);
return dma_ops->map_single(dev, cpu_addr, size, direction);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_map_single);
@ -102,10 +98,9 @@ void dma_unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size,
{
struct dma_mapping_ops *dma_ops = get_dma_ops(dev);
if (dma_ops)
dma_ops->unmap_single(dev, dma_addr, size, direction);
else
BUG();
BUG_ON(!dma_ops);
dma_ops->unmap_single(dev, dma_addr, size, direction);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_unmap_single);
@ -115,11 +110,10 @@ dma_addr_t dma_map_page(struct device *dev, struct page *page,
{
struct dma_mapping_ops *dma_ops = get_dma_ops(dev);
if (dma_ops)
return dma_ops->map_single(dev,
(page_address(page) + offset), size, direction);
BUG();
return (dma_addr_t)0;
BUG_ON(!dma_ops);
return dma_ops->map_single(dev, page_address(page) + offset, size,
direction);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_map_page);
@ -128,10 +122,9 @@ void dma_unmap_page(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_address, size_t size,
{
struct dma_mapping_ops *dma_ops = get_dma_ops(dev);
if (dma_ops)
dma_ops->unmap_single(dev, dma_address, size, direction);
else
BUG();
BUG_ON(!dma_ops);
dma_ops->unmap_single(dev, dma_address, size, direction);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_unmap_page);
@ -140,10 +133,9 @@ int dma_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents,
{
struct dma_mapping_ops *dma_ops = get_dma_ops(dev);
if (dma_ops)
return dma_ops->map_sg(dev, sg, nents, direction);
BUG();
return 0;
BUG_ON(!dma_ops);
return dma_ops->map_sg(dev, sg, nents, direction);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_map_sg);
@ -152,9 +144,8 @@ void dma_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nhwentries,
{
struct dma_mapping_ops *dma_ops = get_dma_ops(dev);
if (dma_ops)
dma_ops->unmap_sg(dev, sg, nhwentries, direction);
else
BUG();
BUG_ON(!dma_ops);
dma_ops->unmap_sg(dev, sg, nhwentries, direction);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_unmap_sg);

8
arch/powerpc/kernel/entry_64.S
View file

@ -375,6 +375,14 @@ BEGIN_FTR_SECTION
ld r7,KSP_VSID(r4) /* Get new stack's VSID */
oris r0,r6,(SLB_ESID_V)@h
ori r0,r0,(SLB_NUM_BOLTED-1)@l
/* Update the last bolted SLB */
ld r9,PACA_SLBSHADOWPTR(r13)
li r12,0
std r12,SLBSHADOW_STACKESID(r9) /* Clear ESID */
std r7,SLBSHADOW_STACKVSID(r9) /* Save VSID */
std r0,SLBSHADOW_STACKESID(r9) /* Save ESID */
slbie r6
slbie r6 /* Workaround POWER5 < DD2.1 issue */
slbmte r7,r0

54
arch/powerpc/kernel/head_64.S
View file

@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ _GLOBAL(__secondary_hold)
bne 100b
#if defined(CONFIG_SMP) || defined(CONFIG_KEXEC)
LOAD_REG_IMMEDIATE(r4, .pSeries_secondary_smp_init)
LOAD_REG_IMMEDIATE(r4, .generic_secondary_smp_init)
mtctr r4
mr r3,r24
bctr
@ -1484,19 +1484,17 @@ fwnmi_data_area:
. = 0x8000
/*
* On pSeries, secondary processors spin in the following code.
* On pSeries and most other platforms, secondary processors spin
* in the following code.
* At entry, r3 = this processor's number (physical cpu id)
*/
_GLOBAL(pSeries_secondary_smp_init)
_GLOBAL(generic_secondary_smp_init)
mr r24,r3
/* turn on 64-bit mode */
bl .enable_64b_mode
isync
/* Copy some CPU settings from CPU 0 */
bl .__restore_cpu_setup
/* Set up a paca value for this processor. Since we have the
* physical cpu id in r24, we need to search the pacas to find
* which logical id maps to our physical one.
@ -1522,15 +1520,28 @@ _GLOBAL(pSeries_secondary_smp_init)
/* start. */
sync
/* Create a temp kernel stack for use before relocation is on. */
#ifndef CONFIG_SMP
b 3b /* Never go on non-SMP */
#else
cmpwi 0,r23,0
beq 3b /* Loop until told to go */
/* See if we need to call a cpu state restore handler */
LOAD_REG_IMMEDIATE(r23, cur_cpu_spec)
ld r23,0(r23)
ld r23,CPU_SPEC_RESTORE(r23)
cmpdi 0,r23,0
beq 4f
ld r23,0(r23)
mtctr r23
bctrl
4: /* Create a temp kernel stack for use before relocation is on. */
ld r1,PACAEMERGSP(r13)
subi r1,r1,STACK_FRAME_OVERHEAD
cmpwi 0,r23,0
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
bne .__secondary_start
b .__secondary_start
#endif
b 3b /* Loop until told to go */
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_ISERIES
_STATIC(__start_initialization_iSeries)
@ -1611,7 +1622,16 @@ _GLOBAL(__start_initialization_multiplatform)
bl .enable_64b_mode
/* Setup some critical 970 SPRs before switching MMU off */
bl .__970_cpu_preinit
mfspr r0,SPRN_PVR
srwi r0,r0,16
cmpwi r0,0x39 /* 970 */
beq 1f
cmpwi r0,0x3c /* 970FX */
beq 1f
cmpwi r0,0x44 /* 970MP */
bne 2f
1: bl .__cpu_preinit_ppc970
2:
/* Switch off MMU if not already */
LOAD_REG_IMMEDIATE(r4, .__after_prom_start - KERNELBASE)
@ -1728,7 +1748,7 @@ _STATIC(__after_prom_start)
_GLOBAL(copy_and_flush)
addi r5,r5,-8
addi r6,r6,-8
4: li r0,16 /* Use the least common */
4: li r0,8 /* Use the smallest common */
/* denominator cache line */
/* size. This results in */
/* extra cache line flushes */
@ -1782,7 +1802,7 @@ _GLOBAL(pmac_secondary_start)
isync
/* Copy some CPU settings from CPU 0 */
bl .__restore_cpu_setup
bl .__restore_cpu_ppc970
/* pSeries do that early though I don't think we really need it */
mfmsr r3
@ -1932,12 +1952,6 @@ _STATIC(start_here_multiplatform)
mr r5,r26
bl .identify_cpu
/* Save some low level config HIDs of CPU0 to be copied to
* other CPUs later on, or used for suspend/resume
*/
bl .__save_cpu_setup
sync
/* Do very early kernel initializations, including initial hash table,
* stab and slb setup before we turn on relocation. */

6
arch/powerpc/kernel/ibmebus.c
View file

@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ static DEVICE_ATTR(name, S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH, ibmebusdev_show_name,
NULL);
static struct ibmebus_dev* __devinit ibmebus_register_device_common(
struct ibmebus_dev *dev, char *name)
struct ibmebus_dev *dev, const char *name)
{
int err = 0;
@ -194,10 +194,10 @@ static struct ibmebus_dev* __devinit ibmebus_register_device_node(
struct device_node *dn)
{
struct ibmebus_dev *dev;
char *loc_code;
const char *loc_code;
int length;
loc_code = (char *)get_property(dn, "ibm,loc-code", NULL);
loc_code = get_property(dn, "ibm,loc-code", NULL);
if (!loc_code) {
printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: node %s missing 'ibm,loc-code'\n",
__FUNCTION__, dn->name ? dn->name : "<unknown>");

131
arch/powerpc/kernel/io.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/*
* I/O string operations
* Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gary Thomas (gdt@linuxppc.org)
* Copyright (C) 2006 IBM Corporation
*
* Largely rewritten by Cort Dougan (cort@cs.nmt.edu)
* and Paul Mackerras.
*
* Adapted for iSeries by Mike Corrigan (mikejc@us.ibm.com)
* PPC64 updates by Dave Engebretsen (engebret@us.ibm.com)
*
* Rewritten in C by Stephen Rothwell.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
* 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*/
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/compiler.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <asm/io.h>
#include <asm/firmware.h>
#include <asm/bug.h>
void _insb(volatile u8 __iomem *port, void *buf, long count)
{
u8 *tbuf = buf;
u8 tmp;
BUG_ON(firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES));
if (unlikely(count <= 0))
return;
asm volatile("sync");
do {
tmp = *port;
asm volatile("eieio");
*tbuf++ = tmp;
} while (--count != 0);
asm volatile("twi 0,%0,0; isync" : : "r" (tmp));
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_insb);
void _outsb(volatile u8 __iomem *port, const void *buf, long count)
{
const u8 *tbuf = buf;
BUG_ON(firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES));
if (unlikely(count <= 0))
return;
asm volatile("sync");
do {
*port = *tbuf++;
} while (--count != 0);
asm volatile("sync");
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_outsb);
void _insw_ns(volatile u16 __iomem *port, void *buf, long count)
{
u16 *tbuf = buf;
u16 tmp;
BUG_ON(firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES));
if (unlikely(count <= 0))
return;
asm volatile("sync");
do {
tmp = *port;
asm volatile("eieio");
*tbuf++ = tmp;
} while (--count != 0);
asm volatile("twi 0,%0,0; isync" : : "r" (tmp));
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_insw_ns);
void _outsw_ns(volatile u16 __iomem *port, const void *buf, long count)
{
const u16 *tbuf = buf;
BUG_ON(firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES));
if (unlikely(count <= 0))
return;
asm volatile("sync");
do {
*port = *tbuf++;
} while (--count != 0);
asm volatile("sync");
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_outsw_ns);
void _insl_ns(volatile u32 __iomem *port, void *buf, long count)
{
u32 *tbuf = buf;
u32 tmp;
BUG_ON(firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES));
if (unlikely(count <= 0))
return;
asm volatile("sync");
do {
tmp = *port;
asm volatile("eieio");
*tbuf++ = tmp;
} while (--count != 0);
asm volatile("twi 0,%0,0; isync" : : "r" (tmp));
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_insl_ns);
void _outsl_ns(volatile u32 __iomem *port, const void *buf, long count)
{
const u32 *tbuf = buf;
BUG_ON(firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES));
if (unlikely(count <= 0))
return;
asm volatile("sync");
do {
*port = *tbuf++;
} while (--count != 0);
asm volatile("sync");
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_outsl_ns);

5
arch/powerpc/kernel/irq.c
View file

@ -52,6 +52,7 @@
#include <linux/radix-tree.h>
#include <linux/mutex.h>
#include <linux/bootmem.h>
#include <linux/pci.h>
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
#include <asm/system.h>
@ -875,12 +876,14 @@ int pci_enable_msi(struct pci_dev * pdev)
else
return -1;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_msi);
void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev * pdev)
{
if (ppc_md.disable_msi)
ppc_md.disable_msi(pdev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_disable_msi);
void pci_scan_msi_device(struct pci_dev *dev) {}
int pci_enable_msix(struct pci_dev* dev, struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec) {return -1;}
@ -888,6 +891,8 @@ void pci_disable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev) {}
void msi_remove_pci_irq_vectors(struct pci_dev *dev) {}
void disable_msi_mode(struct pci_dev *dev, int pos, int type) {}
void pci_no_msi(void) {}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_msix);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_disable_msix);
#endif

35
arch/powerpc/kernel/legacy_serial.c
View file

@ -39,16 +39,17 @@ static int __init add_legacy_port(struct device_node *np, int want_index,
phys_addr_t taddr, unsigned long irq,
upf_t flags, int irq_check_parent)
{
u32 *clk, *spd, clock = BASE_BAUD * 16;
const u32 *clk, *spd;
u32 clock = BASE_BAUD * 16;
int index;
/* get clock freq. if present */
clk = (u32 *)get_property(np, "clock-frequency", NULL);
clk = get_property(np, "clock-frequency", NULL);
if (clk && *clk)
clock = *clk;
/* get default speed if present */
spd = (u32 *)get_property(np, "current-speed", NULL);
spd = get_property(np, "current-speed", NULL);
/* If we have a location index, then try to use it */
if (want_index >= 0 && want_index < MAX_LEGACY_SERIAL_PORTS)
@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ static int __init add_legacy_soc_port(struct device_node *np,
struct device_node *soc_dev)
{
u64 addr;
u32 *addrp;
const u32 *addrp;
upf_t flags = UPF_BOOT_AUTOCONF | UPF_SKIP_TEST | UPF_SHARE_IRQ;
struct device_node *tsi = of_get_parent(np);
@ -144,15 +145,15 @@ static int __init add_legacy_soc_port(struct device_node *np,
static int __init add_legacy_isa_port(struct device_node *np,
struct device_node *isa_brg)
{
u32 *reg;
char *typep;
const u32 *reg;
const char *typep;
int index = -1;
u64 taddr;
DBG(" -> add_legacy_isa_port(%s)\n", np->full_name);
/* Get the ISA port number */
reg = (u32 *)get_property(np, "reg", NULL);
reg = get_property(np, "reg", NULL);
if (reg == NULL)
return -1;
@ -163,7 +164,7 @@ static int __init add_legacy_isa_port(struct device_node *np,
/* Now look for an "ibm,aix-loc" property that gives us ordering
* if any...
*/
typep = (char *)get_property(np, "ibm,aix-loc", NULL);
typep = get_property(np, "ibm,aix-loc", NULL);
/* If we have a location index, then use it */
if (typep && *typep == 'S')
@ -188,7 +189,7 @@ static int __init add_legacy_pci_port(struct device_node *np,
struct device_node *pci_dev)
{
u64 addr, base;
u32 *addrp;
const u32 *addrp;
unsigned int flags;
int iotype, index = -1, lindex = 0;
@ -227,7 +228,7 @@ static int __init add_legacy_pci_port(struct device_node *np,
* we get to their "reg" property
*/
if (np != pci_dev) {
u32 *reg = (u32 *)get_property(np, "reg", NULL);
const u32 *reg = get_property(np, "reg", NULL);
if (reg && (*reg < 4))
index = lindex = *reg;
}
@ -285,13 +286,13 @@ static void __init setup_legacy_serial_console(int console)
void __init find_legacy_serial_ports(void)
{
struct device_node *np, *stdout = NULL;
char *path;
const char *path;
int index;
DBG(" -> find_legacy_serial_port()\n");
/* Now find out if one of these is out firmware console */
path = (char *)get_property(of_chosen, "linux,stdout-path", NULL);
path = get_property(of_chosen, "linux,stdout-path", NULL);
if (path != NULL) {
stdout = of_find_node_by_path(path);
if (stdout)
@ -491,8 +492,8 @@ static int __init check_legacy_serial_console(void)
{
struct device_node *prom_stdout = NULL;
int speed = 0, offset = 0;
char *name;
u32 *spd;
const char *name;
const u32 *spd;
DBG(" -> check_legacy_serial_console()\n");
@ -513,7 +514,7 @@ static int __init check_legacy_serial_console(void)
}
/* We are getting a weird phandle from OF ... */
/* ... So use the full path instead */
name = (char *)get_property(of_chosen, "linux,stdout-path", NULL);
name = get_property(of_chosen, "linux,stdout-path", NULL);
if (name == NULL) {
DBG(" no linux,stdout-path !\n");
return -ENODEV;
@ -525,12 +526,12 @@ static int __init check_legacy_serial_console(void)
}
DBG("stdout is %s\n", prom_stdout->full_name);
name = (char *)get_property(prom_stdout, "name", NULL);
name = get_property(prom_stdout, "name", NULL);
if (!name) {
DBG(" stdout package has no name !\n");
goto not_found;
}
spd = (u32 *)get_property(prom_stdout, "current-speed", NULL);
spd = get_property(prom_stdout, "current-speed", NULL);
if (spd)
speed = *spd;

30
arch/powerpc/kernel/lparcfg.c
View file

@ -32,7 +32,6 @@
#include <asm/rtas.h>
#include <asm/system.h>
#include <asm/time.h>
#include <asm/iseries/it_exp_vpd_panel.h>
#include <asm/prom.h>
#include <asm/vdso_datapage.h>
@ -183,8 +182,14 @@ static unsigned int h_get_ppp(unsigned long *entitled,
unsigned long *resource)
{
unsigned long rc;
rc = plpar_hcall_4out(H_GET_PPP, 0, 0, 0, 0, entitled, unallocated,
aggregation, resource);
unsigned long retbuf[PLPAR_HCALL_BUFSIZE];
rc = plpar_hcall(H_GET_PPP, retbuf);
*entitled = retbuf[0];
*unallocated = retbuf[1];
*aggregation = retbuf[2];
*resource = retbuf[3];
log_plpar_hcall_return(rc, "H_GET_PPP");
@ -194,8 +199,12 @@ static unsigned int h_get_ppp(unsigned long *entitled,
static void h_pic(unsigned long *pool_idle_time, unsigned long *num_procs)
{
unsigned long rc;
unsigned long dummy;
rc = plpar_hcall(H_PIC, 0, 0, 0, 0, pool_idle_time, num_procs, &dummy);
unsigned long retbuf[PLPAR_HCALL_BUFSIZE];
rc = plpar_hcall(H_PIC, retbuf);
*pool_idle_time = retbuf[0];
*num_procs = retbuf[1];
if (rc != H_AUTHORITY)
log_plpar_hcall_return(rc, "H_PIC");
@ -310,12 +319,11 @@ static int pseries_lparcfg_data(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
int partition_potential_processors;
int partition_active_processors;
struct device_node *rtas_node;
int *lrdrp = NULL;
const int *lrdrp = NULL;
rtas_node = find_path_device("/rtas");
if (rtas_node)
lrdrp = (int *)get_property(rtas_node, "ibm,lrdr-capacity",
NULL);
lrdrp = get_property(rtas_node, "ibm,lrdr-capacity", NULL);
if (lrdrp == NULL) {
partition_potential_processors = vdso_data->processorCount;
@ -520,7 +528,8 @@ static int lparcfg_data(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
const char *model = "";
const char *system_id = "";
const char *tmp;
unsigned int *lp_index_ptr, lp_index = 0;
const unsigned int *lp_index_ptr;
unsigned int lp_index = 0;
seq_printf(m, "%s %s \n", MODULE_NAME, MODULE_VERS);
@ -540,8 +549,7 @@ static int lparcfg_data(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
if (firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES))
system_id += 4;
}
lp_index_ptr = (unsigned int *)
get_property(rootdn, "ibm,partition-no", NULL);
lp_index_ptr = get_property(rootdn, "ibm,partition-no", NULL);
if (lp_index_ptr)
lp_index = *lp_index_ptr;
}

10
arch/powerpc/kernel/machine_kexec_64.c
View file

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ int default_machine_kexec_prepare(struct kimage *image)
unsigned long begin, end; /* limits of segment */
unsigned long low, high; /* limits of blocked memory range */
struct device_node *node;
unsigned long *basep;
unsigned int *sizep;
const unsigned long *basep;
const unsigned int *sizep;
if (!ppc_md.hpte_clear_all)
return -ENOENT;
@ -72,10 +72,8 @@ int default_machine_kexec_prepare(struct kimage *image)
/* We also should not overwrite the tce tables */
for (node = of_find_node_by_type(NULL, "pci"); node != NULL;
node = of_find_node_by_type(node, "pci")) {
basep = (unsigned long *)get_property(node, "linux,tce-base",
NULL);
sizep = (unsigned int *)get_property(node, "linux,tce-size",
NULL);
basep = get_property(node, "linux,tce-base", NULL);
sizep = get_property(node, "linux,tce-size", NULL);
if (basep == NULL || sizep == NULL)
continue;

159
arch/powerpc/kernel/misc.S
View file

@ -43,162 +43,3 @@ _GLOBAL(add_reloc_offset)
add r3,r3,r5
mtlr r0
blr
/*
* I/O string operations
*
* insb(port, buf, len)
* outsb(port, buf, len)
* insw(port, buf, len)
* outsw(port, buf, len)
* insl(port, buf, len)
* outsl(port, buf, len)
* insw_ns(port, buf, len)
* outsw_ns(port, buf, len)
* insl_ns(port, buf, len)
* outsl_ns(port, buf, len)
*
* The *_ns versions don't do byte-swapping.
*/
_GLOBAL(_insb)
sync
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,1
blelr-
00: lbz r5,0(r3)
eieio
stbu r5,1(r4)
bdnz 00b
twi 0,r5,0
isync
blr
_GLOBAL(_outsb)
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,1
blelr-
sync
00: lbzu r5,1(r4)
stb r5,0(r3)
bdnz 00b
sync
blr
_GLOBAL(_insw)
sync
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,2
blelr-
00: lhbrx r5,0,r3
eieio
sthu r5,2(r4)
bdnz 00b
twi 0,r5,0
isync
blr
_GLOBAL(_outsw)
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,2
blelr-
sync
00: lhzu r5,2(r4)
sthbrx r5,0,r3
bdnz 00b
sync
blr
_GLOBAL(_insl)
sync
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,4
blelr-
00: lwbrx r5,0,r3
eieio
stwu r5,4(r4)
bdnz 00b
twi 0,r5,0
isync
blr
_GLOBAL(_outsl)
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,4
blelr-
sync
00: lwzu r5,4(r4)
stwbrx r5,0,r3
bdnz 00b
sync
blr
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC32
_GLOBAL(__ide_mm_insw)
#endif
_GLOBAL(_insw_ns)
sync
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,2
blelr-
00: lhz r5,0(r3)
eieio
sthu r5,2(r4)
bdnz 00b
twi 0,r5,0
isync
blr
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC32
_GLOBAL(__ide_mm_outsw)
#endif
_GLOBAL(_outsw_ns)
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,2
blelr-
sync
00: lhzu r5,2(r4)
sth r5,0(r3)
bdnz 00b
sync
blr
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC32
_GLOBAL(__ide_mm_insl)
#endif
_GLOBAL(_insl_ns)
sync
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,4
blelr-
00: lwz r5,0(r3)
eieio
stwu r5,4(r4)
bdnz 00b
twi 0,r5,0
isync
blr
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC32
_GLOBAL(__ide_mm_outsl)
#endif
_GLOBAL(_outsl_ns)
cmpwi 0,r5,0
mtctr r5
subi r4,r4,4
blelr-
sync
00: lwzu r5,4(r4)
stw r5,0(r3)
bdnz 00b
sync
blr

24
arch/powerpc/kernel/of_device.c
View file

@ -189,27 +189,9 @@ void of_release_dev(struct device *dev)
int of_device_register(struct of_device *ofdev)
{
int rc;
struct of_device **odprop;
BUG_ON(ofdev->node == NULL);
odprop = (struct of_device **)get_property(ofdev->node, "linux,device", NULL);
if (!odprop) {
struct property *new_prop;
new_prop = kmalloc(sizeof(struct property) + sizeof(struct of_device *),
GFP_KERNEL);
if (new_prop == NULL)
return -ENOMEM;
new_prop->name = "linux,device";
new_prop->length = sizeof(sizeof(struct of_device *));
new_prop->value = (unsigned char *)&new_prop[1];
odprop = (struct of_device **)new_prop->value;
*odprop = NULL;
prom_add_property(ofdev->node, new_prop);
}
*odprop = ofdev;
rc = device_register(&ofdev->dev);
if (rc)
return rc;
@ -221,14 +203,8 @@ int of_device_register(struct of_device *ofdev)
void of_device_unregister(struct of_device *ofdev)
{
struct of_device **odprop;
device_remove_file(&ofdev->dev, &dev_attr_devspec);
odprop = (struct of_device **)get_property(ofdev->node, "linux,device", NULL);
if (odprop)
*odprop = NULL;
device_unregister(&ofdev->dev);
}

15
arch/powerpc/kernel/paca.c
View file

@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
#include <asm/lppaca.h>
#include <asm/iseries/it_lp_reg_save.h>
#include <asm/paca.h>
#include <asm/mmu.h>
/* This symbol is provided by the linker - let it fill in the paca
@ -45,6 +46,17 @@ struct lppaca lppaca[] = {
},
};
/*
* 3 persistent SLBs are registered here. The buffer will be zero
* initially, hence will all be invaild until we actually write them.
*/
struct slb_shadow slb_shadow[] __cacheline_aligned = {
[0 ... (NR_CPUS-1)] = {
.persistent = SLB_NUM_BOLTED,
.buffer_length = sizeof(struct slb_shadow),
},
};
/* The Paca is an array with one entry per processor. Each contains an
* lppaca, which contains the information shared between the
* hypervisor and Linux.
@ -59,7 +71,8 @@ struct lppaca lppaca[] = {
.lock_token = 0x8000, \
.paca_index = (number), /* Paca Index */ \
.kernel_toc = (unsigned long)(&__toc_start) + 0x8000UL, \
.hw_cpu_id = 0xffff,
.hw_cpu_id = 0xffff, \
.slb_shadow_ptr = &slb_shadow[number],
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_ISERIES
#define PACA_INIT_ISERIES(number) \

39
arch/powerpc/kernel/pci_32.c
View file

@ -633,12 +633,12 @@ pcibios_alloc_controller(void)
static void
make_one_node_map(struct device_node* node, u8 pci_bus)
{
int *bus_range;
const int *bus_range;
int len;
if (pci_bus >= pci_bus_count)
return;
bus_range = (int *) get_property(node, "bus-range", &len);
bus_range = get_property(node, "bus-range", &len);
if (bus_range == NULL || len < 2 * sizeof(int)) {
printk(KERN_WARNING "Can't get bus-range for %s, "
"assuming it starts at 0\n", node->full_name);
@ -648,13 +648,13 @@ make_one_node_map(struct device_node* node, u8 pci_bus)
for (node=node->child; node != 0;node = node->sibling) {
struct pci_dev* dev;
unsigned int *class_code, *reg;
const unsigned int *class_code, *reg;
class_code = (unsigned int *) get_property(node, "class-code", NULL);
class_code = get_property(node, "class-code", NULL);
if (!class_code || ((*class_code >> 8) != PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_PCI &&
(*class_code >> 8) != PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_CARDBUS))
continue;
reg = (unsigned int *)get_property(node, "reg", NULL);
reg = get_property(node, "reg", NULL);
if (!reg)
continue;
dev = pci_find_slot(pci_bus, ((reg[0] >> 8) & 0xff));
@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ pcibios_make_OF_bus_map(void)
{
int i;
struct pci_controller* hose;
u8* of_prop_map;
struct property *map_prop;
pci_to_OF_bus_map = (u8*)kmalloc(pci_bus_count, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!pci_to_OF_bus_map) {
@ -691,9 +691,12 @@ pcibios_make_OF_bus_map(void)
continue;
make_one_node_map(node, hose->first_busno);
}
of_prop_map = get_property(find_path_device("/"), "pci-OF-bus-map", NULL);
if (of_prop_map)
memcpy(of_prop_map, pci_to_OF_bus_map, pci_bus_count);
map_prop = of_find_property(find_path_device("/"),
"pci-OF-bus-map", NULL);
if (map_prop) {
BUG_ON(pci_bus_count > map_prop->length);
memcpy(map_prop->value, pci_to_OF_bus_map, pci_bus_count);
}
#ifdef DEBUG
printk("PCI->OF bus map:\n");
for (i=0; i<pci_bus_count; i++) {
@ -712,7 +715,7 @@ scan_OF_pci_childs(struct device_node* node, pci_OF_scan_iterator filter, void*
struct device_node* sub_node;
for (; node != 0;node = node->sibling) {
unsigned int *class_code;
const unsigned int *class_code;
if (filter(node, data))
return node;
@ -722,7 +725,7 @@ scan_OF_pci_childs(struct device_node* node, pci_OF_scan_iterator filter, void*
* a fake root for all functions of a multi-function device,
* we go down them as well.
*/
class_code = (unsigned int *) get_property(node, "class-code", NULL);
class_code = get_property(node, "class-code", NULL);
if ((!class_code || ((*class_code >> 8) != PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_PCI &&
(*class_code >> 8) != PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_CARDBUS)) &&
strcmp(node->name, "multifunc-device"))
@ -737,10 +740,10 @@ scan_OF_pci_childs(struct device_node* node, pci_OF_scan_iterator filter, void*
static int
scan_OF_pci_childs_iterator(struct device_node* node, void* data)
{
unsigned int *reg;
const unsigned int *reg;
u8* fdata = (u8*)data;
reg = (unsigned int *) get_property(node, "reg", NULL);
reg = get_property(node, "reg", NULL);
if (reg && ((reg[0] >> 8) & 0xff) == fdata[1]
&& ((reg[0] >> 16) & 0xff) == fdata[0])
return 1;
@ -841,7 +844,7 @@ find_OF_pci_device_filter(struct device_node* node, void* data)
int
pci_device_from_OF_node(struct device_node* node, u8* bus, u8* devfn)
{
unsigned int *reg;
const unsigned int *reg;
struct pci_controller* hose;
struct pci_dev* dev = NULL;
@ -854,7 +857,7 @@ pci_device_from_OF_node(struct device_node* node, u8* bus, u8* devfn)
if (!scan_OF_pci_childs(((struct device_node*)hose->arch_data)->child,
find_OF_pci_device_filter, (void *)node))
return -ENODEV;
reg = (unsigned int *) get_property(node, "reg", NULL);
reg = get_property(node, "reg", NULL);
if (!reg)
return -ENODEV;
*bus = (reg[0] >> 16) & 0xff;
@ -885,8 +888,8 @@ pci_process_bridge_OF_ranges(struct pci_controller *hose,
struct device_node *dev, int primary)
{
static unsigned int static_lc_ranges[256] __initdata;
unsigned int *dt_ranges, *lc_ranges, *ranges, *prev;
unsigned int size;
const unsigned int *dt_ranges;
unsigned int *lc_ranges, *ranges, *prev, size;
int rlen = 0, orig_rlen;
int memno = 0;
struct resource *res;
@ -897,7 +900,7 @@ pci_process_bridge_OF_ranges(struct pci_controller *hose,
* that can have more than 3 ranges, fortunately using contiguous
* addresses -- BenH
*/
dt_ranges = (unsigned int *) get_property(dev, "ranges", &rlen);
dt_ranges = get_property(dev, "ranges", &rlen);
if (!dt_ranges)
return;
/* Sanity check, though hopefully that never happens */

67
arch/powerpc/kernel/pci_64.c
View file

@ -185,34 +185,6 @@ static void __devinit pci_setup_pci_controller(struct pci_controller *hose)
spin_unlock(&hose_spinlock);
}
static void add_linux_pci_domain(struct device_node *dev,
struct pci_controller *phb)
{
struct property *of_prop;
unsigned int size;
of_prop = (struct property *)
get_property(dev, "linux,pci-domain", &size);
if (of_prop != NULL)
return;
WARN_ON(of_prop && size < sizeof(int));
if (of_prop && size < sizeof(int))
of_prop = NULL;
size = sizeof(struct property) + sizeof(int);
if (of_prop == NULL) {
if (mem_init_done)
of_prop = kmalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
else
of_prop = alloc_bootmem(size);
}
memset(of_prop, 0, sizeof(struct property));
of_prop->name = "linux,pci-domain";
of_prop->length = sizeof(int);
of_prop->value = (unsigned char *)&of_prop[1];
*((int *)of_prop->value) = phb->global_number;
prom_add_property(dev, of_prop);
}
struct pci_controller * pcibios_alloc_controller(struct device_node *dev)
{
struct pci_controller *phb;
@ -226,22 +198,13 @@ struct pci_controller * pcibios_alloc_controller(struct device_node *dev)
pci_setup_pci_controller(phb);
phb->arch_data = dev;
phb->is_dynamic = mem_init_done;
if (dev) {
if (dev)
PHB_SET_NODE(phb, of_node_to_nid(dev));
add_linux_pci_domain(dev, phb);
}
return phb;
}
void pcibios_free_controller(struct pci_controller *phb)
{
if (phb->arch_data) {
struct device_node *np = phb->arch_data;
int *domain = (int *)get_property(np,
"linux,pci-domain", NULL);
if (domain)
*domain = -1;
}
if (phb->is_dynamic)
kfree(phb);
}
@ -283,10 +246,10 @@ static void __init pcibios_claim_of_setup(void)
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_MULTIPLATFORM
static u32 get_int_prop(struct device_node *np, const char *name, u32 def)
{
u32 *prop;
const u32 *prop;
int len;
prop = (u32 *) get_property(np, name, &len);
prop = get_property(np, name, &len);
if (prop && len >= 4)
return *prop;
return def;
@ -315,10 +278,11 @@ static void pci_parse_of_addrs(struct device_node *node, struct pci_dev *dev)
u64 base, size;
unsigned int flags;
struct resource *res;
u32 *addrs, i;
const u32 *addrs;
u32 i;
int proplen;
addrs = (u32 *) get_property(node, "assigned-addresses", &proplen);
addrs = get_property(node, "assigned-addresses", &proplen);
if (!addrs)
return;
DBG(" parse addresses (%d bytes) @ %p\n", proplen, addrs);
@ -418,7 +382,7 @@ void __devinit of_scan_bus(struct device_node *node,
struct pci_bus *bus)
{
struct device_node *child = NULL;
u32 *reg;
const u32 *reg;
int reglen, devfn;
struct pci_dev *dev;
@ -426,7 +390,7 @@ void __devinit of_scan_bus(struct device_node *node,
while ((child = of_get_next_child(node, child)) != NULL) {
DBG(" * %s\n", child->full_name);
reg = (u32 *) get_property(child, "reg", &reglen);
reg = get_property(child, "reg", &reglen);
if (reg == NULL || reglen < 20)
continue;
devfn = (reg[0] >> 8) & 0xff;
@ -450,7 +414,7 @@ void __devinit of_scan_pci_bridge(struct device_node *node,
struct pci_dev *dev)
{
struct pci_bus *bus;
u32 *busrange, *ranges;
const u32 *busrange, *ranges;
int len, i, mode;
struct resource *res;
unsigned int flags;
@ -459,13 +423,13 @@ void __devinit of_scan_pci_bridge(struct device_node *node,
DBG("of_scan_pci_bridge(%s)\n", node->full_name);
/* parse bus-range property */
busrange = (u32 *) get_property(node, "bus-range", &len);
busrange = get_property(node, "bus-range", &len);
if (busrange == NULL || len != 8) {
printk(KERN_DEBUG "Can't get bus-range for PCI-PCI bridge %s\n",
node->full_name);
return;
}
ranges = (u32 *) get_property(node, "ranges", &len);
ranges = get_property(node, "ranges", &len);
if (ranges == NULL) {
printk(KERN_DEBUG "Can't get ranges for PCI-PCI bridge %s\n",
node->full_name);
@ -929,13 +893,13 @@ static void __devinit pci_process_ISA_OF_ranges(struct device_node *isa_node,
unsigned int size;
};
struct isa_range *range;
const struct isa_range *range;
unsigned long pci_addr;
unsigned int isa_addr;
unsigned int size;
int rlen = 0;
range = (struct isa_range *) get_property(isa_node, "ranges", &rlen);
range = get_property(isa_node, "ranges", &rlen);
if (range == NULL || (rlen < sizeof(struct isa_range))) {
printk(KERN_ERR "no ISA ranges or unexpected isa range size,"
"mapping 64k\n");
@ -976,7 +940,8 @@ static void __devinit pci_process_ISA_OF_ranges(struct device_node *isa_node,
void __devinit pci_process_bridge_OF_ranges(struct pci_controller *hose,
struct device_node *dev, int prim)
{
unsigned int *ranges, pci_space;
const unsigned int *ranges;
unsigned int pci_space;
unsigned long size;
int rlen = 0;
int memno = 0;
@ -994,7 +959,7 @@ void __devinit pci_process_bridge_OF_ranges(struct pci_controller *hose,
* (size depending on dev->n_addr_cells)
* cells 4+5 or 5+6: the size of the range
*/
ranges = (unsigned int *) get_property(dev, "ranges", &rlen);
ranges = get_property(dev, "ranges", &rlen);
if (ranges == NULL)
return;
hose->io_base_phys = 0;

13
arch/powerpc/kernel/pci_dn.c
View file

@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
static void * __devinit update_dn_pci_info(struct device_node *dn, void *data)
{
struct pci_controller *phb = data;
int *type = (int *)get_property(dn, "ibm,pci-config-space-type", NULL);
u32 *regs;
const int *type = get_property(dn, "ibm,pci-config-space-type", NULL);
const u32 *regs;
struct pci_dn *pdn;
if (mem_init_done)
@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ static void * __devinit update_dn_pci_info(struct device_node *dn, void *data)
dn->data = pdn;
pdn->node = dn;
pdn->phb = phb;
regs = (u32 *)get_property(dn, "reg", NULL);
regs = get_property(dn, "reg", NULL);
if (regs) {
/* First register entry is addr (00BBSS00) */
pdn->busno = (regs[0] >> 16) & 0xff;
pdn->devfn = (regs[0] >> 8) & 0xff;
}
if (firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES)) {
u32 *busp = (u32 *)get_property(dn, "linux,subbus", NULL);
const u32 *busp = get_property(dn, "linux,subbus", NULL);
if (busp)
pdn->bussubno = *busp;
}
@ -96,10 +96,11 @@ void *traverse_pci_devices(struct device_node *start, traverse_func pre,
/* We started with a phb, iterate all childs */
for (dn = start->child; dn; dn = nextdn) {
u32 *classp, class;
const u32 *classp;
u32 class;
nextdn = NULL;
classp = (u32 *)get_property(dn, "class-code", NULL);
classp = get_property(dn, "class-code", NULL);
class = classp ? *classp : 0;
if (pre && ((ret = pre(dn, data)) != NULL))

19
arch/powerpc/kernel/ppc_ksyms.c
View file

@ -91,25 +91,10 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(__copy_tofrom_user);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__clear_user);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__strncpy_from_user);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__strnlen_user);
#ifndef __powerpc64__
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__ide_mm_insl);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__ide_mm_outsw);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__ide_mm_insw);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__ide_mm_outsl);
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC64
EXPORT_SYMBOL(copy_4K_page);
#endif
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_insb);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_outsb);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_insw);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_outsw);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_insl);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_outsl);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_insw_ns);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_outsw_ns);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_insl_ns);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(_outsl_ns);
#if defined(CONFIG_PPC32) && (defined(CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE) || defined(CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_MODULE))
EXPORT_SYMBOL(ppc_ide_md);
#endif

44
arch/powerpc/kernel/prom.c
View file

@ -757,24 +757,9 @@ static int __init early_init_dt_scan_root(unsigned long node,
static unsigned long __init dt_mem_next_cell(int s, cell_t **cellp)
{
cell_t *p = *cellp;
unsigned long r;
/* Ignore more than 2 cells */
while (s > sizeof(unsigned long) / 4) {
p++;
s--;
}
r = *p++;
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC64
if (s > 1) {
r <<= 32;
r |= *(p++);
s--;
}
#endif
*cellp = p;
return r;
*cellp = p + s;
return of_read_ulong(p, s);
}
@ -942,11 +927,11 @@ void __init early_init_devtree(void *params)
int
prom_n_addr_cells(struct device_node* np)
{
int* ip;
const int *ip;
do {
if (np->parent)
np = np->parent;
ip = (int *) get_property(np, "#address-cells", NULL);
ip = get_property(np, "#address-cells", NULL);
if (ip != NULL)
return *ip;
} while (np->parent);
@ -958,11 +943,11 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(prom_n_addr_cells);
int
prom_n_size_cells(struct device_node* np)
{
int* ip;
const int* ip;
do {
if (np->parent)
np = np->parent;
ip = (int *) get_property(np, "#size-cells", NULL);
ip = get_property(np, "#size-cells", NULL);
if (ip != NULL)
return *ip;
} while (np->parent);
@ -1034,7 +1019,7 @@ int device_is_compatible(struct device_node *device, const char *compat)
const char* cp;
int cplen, l;
cp = (char *) get_property(device, "compatible", &cplen);
cp = get_property(device, "compatible", &cplen);
if (cp == NULL)
return 0;
while (cplen > 0) {
@ -1449,7 +1434,7 @@ static int of_finish_dynamic_node(struct device_node *node)
{
struct device_node *parent = of_get_parent(node);
int err = 0;
phandle *ibm_phandle;
const phandle *ibm_phandle;
node->name = get_property(node, "name", NULL);
node->type = get_property(node, "device_type", NULL);
@ -1466,8 +1451,7 @@ static int of_finish_dynamic_node(struct device_node *node)
return -ENODEV;
/* fix up new node's linux_phandle field */
if ((ibm_phandle = (unsigned int *)get_property(node,
"ibm,phandle", NULL)))
if ((ibm_phandle = get_property(node, "ibm,phandle", NULL)))
node->linux_phandle = *ibm_phandle;
out:
@ -1528,7 +1512,7 @@ struct property *of_find_property(struct device_node *np, const char *name,
* Find a property with a given name for a given node
* and return the value.
*/
void *get_property(struct device_node *np, const char *name, int *lenp)
const void *get_property(struct device_node *np, const char *name, int *lenp)
{
struct property *pp = of_find_property(np,name,lenp);
return pp ? pp->value : NULL;
@ -1658,16 +1642,16 @@ struct device_node *of_get_cpu_node(int cpu, unsigned int *thread)
hardid = get_hard_smp_processor_id(cpu);
for_each_node_by_type(np, "cpu") {
u32 *intserv;
const u32 *intserv;
unsigned int plen, t;
/* Check for ibm,ppc-interrupt-server#s. If it doesn't exist
* fallback to "reg" property and assume no threads
*/
intserv = (u32 *)get_property(np, "ibm,ppc-interrupt-server#s",
&plen);
intserv = get_property(np, "ibm,ppc-interrupt-server#s",
&plen);
if (intserv == NULL) {
u32 *reg = (u32 *)get_property(np, "reg", NULL);
const u32 *reg = get_property(np, "reg", NULL);
if (reg == NULL)
continue;
if (*reg == hardid) {

10
arch/powerpc/kernel/prom_init.c
View file

@ -2033,16 +2033,22 @@ static void __init fixup_device_tree_maple(void)
#endif
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_CHRP
/* Pegasos lacks the "ranges" property in the isa node */
/* Pegasos and BriQ lacks the "ranges" property in the isa node */
static void __init fixup_device_tree_chrp(void)
{
phandle isa;
u32 isa_ranges[6];
u32 rloc = 0x01006000; /* IO space; PCI device = 12 */
char *name;
int rc;
name = "/pci@80000000/isa@c";
isa = call_prom("finddevice", 1, 1, ADDR(name));
if (!PHANDLE_VALID(isa)) {
name = "/pci@ff500000/isa@6";
isa = call_prom("finddevice", 1, 1, ADDR(name));
rloc = 0x01003000; /* IO space; PCI device = 6 */
}
if (!PHANDLE_VALID(isa))
return;
@ -2054,7 +2060,7 @@ static void __init fixup_device_tree_chrp(void)
isa_ranges[0] = 0x1;
isa_ranges[1] = 0x0;
isa_ranges[2] = 0x01006000;
isa_ranges[2] = rloc;
isa_ranges[3] = 0x0;
isa_ranges[4] = 0x0;
isa_ranges[5] = 0x00010000;

90
arch/powerpc/kernel/prom_parse.c
View file

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
/* Debug utility */
#ifdef DEBUG
static void of_dump_addr(const char *s, u32 *addr, int na)
static void of_dump_addr(const char *s, const u32 *addr, int na)
{
printk("%s", s);
while(na--)
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ static void of_dump_addr(const char *s, u32 *addr, int na)
printk("\n");
}
#else
static void of_dump_addr(const char *s, u32 *addr, int na) { }
static void of_dump_addr(const char *s, const u32 *addr, int na) { }
#endif
@ -46,9 +46,10 @@ struct of_bus {
int (*match)(struct device_node *parent);
void (*count_cells)(struct device_node *child,
int *addrc, int *sizec);
u64 (*map)(u32 *addr, u32 *range, int na, int ns, int pna);
u64 (*map)(u32 *addr, const u32 *range,
int na, int ns, int pna);
int (*translate)(u32 *addr, u64 offset, int na);
unsigned int (*get_flags)(u32 *addr);
unsigned int (*get_flags)(const u32 *addr);
};
@ -65,7 +66,8 @@ static void of_bus_default_count_cells(struct device_node *dev,
*sizec = prom_n_size_cells(dev);
}
static u64 of_bus_default_map(u32 *addr, u32 *range, int na, int ns, int pna)
static u64 of_bus_default_map(u32 *addr, const u32 *range,
int na, int ns, int pna)
{
u64 cp, s, da;
@ -93,7 +95,7 @@ static int of_bus_default_translate(u32 *addr, u64 offset, int na)
return 0;
}
static unsigned int of_bus_default_get_flags(u32 *addr)
static unsigned int of_bus_default_get_flags(const u32 *addr)
{
return IORESOURCE_MEM;
}
@ -118,7 +120,7 @@ static void of_bus_pci_count_cells(struct device_node *np,
*sizec = 2;
}
static u64 of_bus_pci_map(u32 *addr, u32 *range, int na, int ns, int pna)
static u64 of_bus_pci_map(u32 *addr, const u32 *range, int na, int ns, int pna)
{
u64 cp, s, da;
@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ static int of_bus_pci_translate(u32 *addr, u64 offset, int na)
return of_bus_default_translate(addr + 1, offset, na - 1);
}
static unsigned int of_bus_pci_get_flags(u32 *addr)
static unsigned int of_bus_pci_get_flags(const u32 *addr)
{
unsigned int flags = 0;
u32 w = addr[0];
@ -178,7 +180,7 @@ static void of_bus_isa_count_cells(struct device_node *child,
*sizec = 1;
}
static u64 of_bus_isa_map(u32 *addr, u32 *range, int na, int ns, int pna)
static u64 of_bus_isa_map(u32 *addr, const u32 *range, int na, int ns, int pna)
{
u64 cp, s, da;
@ -203,7 +205,7 @@ static int of_bus_isa_translate(u32 *addr, u64 offset, int na)
return of_bus_default_translate(addr + 1, offset, na - 1);
}
static unsigned int of_bus_isa_get_flags(u32 *addr)
static unsigned int of_bus_isa_get_flags(const u32 *addr)
{
unsigned int flags = 0;
u32 w = addr[0];
@ -268,7 +270,7 @@ static int of_translate_one(struct device_node *parent, struct of_bus *bus,
struct of_bus *pbus, u32 *addr,
int na, int ns, int pna)
{
u32 *ranges;
const u32 *ranges;
unsigned int rlen;
int rone;
u64 offset = OF_BAD_ADDR;
@ -285,7 +287,7 @@ static int of_translate_one(struct device_node *parent, struct of_bus *bus,
* to translate addresses that aren't supposed to be translated in
* the first place. --BenH.
*/
ranges = (u32 *)get_property(parent, "ranges", &rlen);
ranges = get_property(parent, "ranges", &rlen);
if (ranges == NULL || rlen == 0) {
offset = of_read_number(addr, na);
memset(addr, 0, pna * 4);
@ -328,7 +330,7 @@ static int of_translate_one(struct device_node *parent, struct of_bus *bus,
* that can be mapped to a cpu physical address). This is not really specified
* that way, but this is traditionally the way IBM at least do things
*/
u64 of_translate_address(struct device_node *dev, u32 *in_addr)
u64 of_translate_address(struct device_node *dev, const u32 *in_addr)
{
struct device_node *parent = NULL;
struct of_bus *bus, *pbus;
@ -405,10 +407,10 @@ u64 of_translate_address(struct device_node *dev, u32 *in_addr)
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(of_translate_address);
u32 *of_get_address(struct device_node *dev, int index, u64 *size,
const u32 *of_get_address(struct device_node *dev, int index, u64 *size,
unsigned int *flags)
{
u32 *prop;
const u32 *prop;
unsigned int psize;
struct device_node *parent;
struct of_bus *bus;
@ -425,7 +427,7 @@ u32 *of_get_address(struct device_node *dev, int index, u64 *size,
return NULL;
/* Get "reg" or "assigned-addresses" property */
prop = (u32 *)get_property(dev, bus->addresses, &psize);
prop = get_property(dev, bus->addresses, &psize);
if (prop == NULL)
return NULL;
psize /= 4;
@ -443,10 +445,10 @@ u32 *of_get_address(struct device_node *dev, int index, u64 *size,
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(of_get_address);
u32 *of_get_pci_address(struct device_node *dev, int bar_no, u64 *size,
const u32 *of_get_pci_address(struct device_node *dev, int bar_no, u64 *size,
unsigned int *flags)
{
u32 *prop;
const u32 *prop;
unsigned int psize;
struct device_node *parent;
struct of_bus *bus;
@ -467,7 +469,7 @@ u32 *of_get_pci_address(struct device_node *dev, int bar_no, u64 *size,
return NULL;
/* Get "reg" or "assigned-addresses" property */
prop = (u32 *)get_property(dev, bus->addresses, &psize);
prop = get_property(dev, bus->addresses, &psize);
if (prop == NULL)
return NULL;
psize /= 4;
@ -485,7 +487,7 @@ u32 *of_get_pci_address(struct device_node *dev, int bar_no, u64 *size,
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(of_get_pci_address);
static int __of_address_to_resource(struct device_node *dev, u32 *addrp,
static int __of_address_to_resource(struct device_node *dev, const u32 *addrp,
u64 size, unsigned int flags,
struct resource *r)
{
@ -516,7 +518,7 @@ static int __of_address_to_resource(struct device_node *dev, u32 *addrp,
int of_address_to_resource(struct device_node *dev, int index,
struct resource *r)
{
u32 *addrp;
const u32 *addrp;
u64 size;
unsigned int flags;
@ -530,7 +532,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(of_address_to_resource);
int of_pci_address_to_resource(struct device_node *dev, int bar,
struct resource *r)
{
u32 *addrp;
const u32 *addrp;
u64 size;
unsigned int flags;
@ -541,13 +543,14 @@ int of_pci_address_to_resource(struct device_node *dev, int bar,
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(of_pci_address_to_resource);
void of_parse_dma_window(struct device_node *dn, unsigned char *dma_window_prop,
void of_parse_dma_window(struct device_node *dn, const void *dma_window_prop,
unsigned long *busno, unsigned long *phys, unsigned long *size)
{
u32 *dma_window, cells;
unsigned char *prop;
const u32 *dma_window;
u32 cells;
const unsigned char *prop;
dma_window = (u32 *)dma_window_prop;
dma_window = dma_window_prop;
/* busno is always one cell */
*busno = *(dma_window++);
@ -576,13 +579,13 @@ static struct device_node *of_irq_dflt_pic;
static struct device_node *of_irq_find_parent(struct device_node *child)
{
struct device_node *p;
phandle *parp;
const phandle *parp;
if (!of_node_get(child))
return NULL;
do {
parp = (phandle *)get_property(child, "interrupt-parent", NULL);
parp = get_property(child, "interrupt-parent", NULL);
if (parp == NULL)
p = of_get_parent(child);
else {
@ -639,11 +642,11 @@ void of_irq_map_init(unsigned int flags)
}
int of_irq_map_raw(struct device_node *parent, u32 *intspec, u32 ointsize,
u32 *addr, struct of_irq *out_irq)
int of_irq_map_raw(struct device_node *parent, const u32 *intspec, u32 ointsize,
const u32 *addr, struct of_irq *out_irq)
{
struct device_node *ipar, *tnode, *old = NULL, *newpar = NULL;
u32 *tmp, *imap, *imask;
const u32 *tmp, *imap, *imask;
u32 intsize = 1, addrsize, newintsize = 0, newaddrsize = 0;
int imaplen, match, i;
@ -657,7 +660,7 @@ int of_irq_map_raw(struct device_node *parent, u32 *intspec, u32 ointsize,
* is none, we are nice and just walk up the tree
*/
do {
tmp = (u32 *)get_property(ipar, "#interrupt-cells", NULL);
tmp = get_property(ipar, "#interrupt-cells", NULL);
if (tmp != NULL) {
intsize = *tmp;
break;
@ -681,7 +684,7 @@ int of_irq_map_raw(struct device_node *parent, u32 *intspec, u32 ointsize,
*/
old = of_node_get(ipar);
do {
tmp = (u32 *)get_property(old, "#address-cells", NULL);
tmp = get_property(old, "#address-cells", NULL);
tnode = of_get_parent(old);
of_node_put(old);
old = tnode;
@ -708,7 +711,7 @@ int of_irq_map_raw(struct device_node *parent, u32 *intspec, u32 ointsize,
}
/* Now look for an interrupt-map */
imap = (u32 *)get_property(ipar, "interrupt-map", &imaplen);
imap = get_property(ipar, "interrupt-map", &imaplen);
/* No interrupt map, check for an interrupt parent */
if (imap == NULL) {
DBG(" -> no map, getting parent\n");
@ -718,7 +721,7 @@ int of_irq_map_raw(struct device_node *parent, u32 *intspec, u32 ointsize,
imaplen /= sizeof(u32);
/* Look for a mask */
imask = (u32 *)get_property(ipar, "interrupt-map-mask", NULL);
imask = get_property(ipar, "interrupt-map-mask", NULL);
/* If we were passed no "reg" property and we attempt to parse
* an interrupt-map, then #address-cells must be 0.
@ -765,14 +768,14 @@ int of_irq_map_raw(struct device_node *parent, u32 *intspec, u32 ointsize,
/* Get #interrupt-cells and #address-cells of new
* parent
*/
tmp = (u32 *)get_property(newpar, "#interrupt-cells",
tmp = get_property(newpar, "#interrupt-cells",
NULL);
if (tmp == NULL) {
DBG(" -> parent lacks #interrupt-cells !\n");
goto fail;
}
newintsize = *tmp;
tmp = (u32 *)get_property(newpar, "#address-cells",
tmp = get_property(newpar, "#address-cells",
NULL);
newaddrsize = (tmp == NULL) ? 0 : *tmp;
@ -818,14 +821,14 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(of_irq_map_raw);
static int of_irq_map_oldworld(struct device_node *device, int index,
struct of_irq *out_irq)
{
u32 *ints;
const u32 *ints;
int intlen;
/*
* Old machines just have a list of interrupt numbers
* and no interrupt-controller nodes.
*/
ints = (u32 *) get_property(device, "AAPL,interrupts", &intlen);
ints = get_property(device, "AAPL,interrupts", &intlen);
if (ints == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
intlen /= sizeof(u32);
@ -850,7 +853,8 @@ static int of_irq_map_oldworld(struct device_node *device, int index,
int of_irq_map_one(struct device_node *device, int index, struct of_irq *out_irq)
{
struct device_node *p;
u32 *intspec, *tmp, intsize, intlen, *addr;
const u32 *intspec, *tmp, *addr;
u32 intsize, intlen;
int res;
DBG("of_irq_map_one: dev=%s, index=%d\n", device->full_name, index);
@ -860,13 +864,13 @@ int of_irq_map_one(struct device_node *device, int index, struct of_irq *out_irq
return of_irq_map_oldworld(device, index, out_irq);
/* Get the interrupts property */
intspec = (u32 *)get_property(device, "interrupts", &intlen);
intspec = get_property(device, "interrupts", &intlen);
if (intspec == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
intlen /= sizeof(u32);
/* Get the reg property (if any) */
addr = (u32 *)get_property(device, "reg", NULL);
addr = get_property(device, "reg", NULL);
/* Look for the interrupt parent. */
p = of_irq_find_parent(device);
@ -874,7 +878,7 @@ int of_irq_map_one(struct device_node *device, int index, struct of_irq *out_irq
return -EINVAL;
/* Get size of interrupt specifier */
tmp = (u32 *)get_property(p, "#interrupt-cells", NULL);
tmp = get_property(p, "#interrupt-cells", NULL);
if (tmp == NULL) {
of_node_put(p);
return -EINVAL;

25
arch/powerpc/kernel/rtas-proc.c
View file

@ -246,12 +246,12 @@ struct file_operations ppc_rtas_rmo_buf_ops = {
static int ppc_rtas_find_all_sensors(void);
static void ppc_rtas_process_sensor(struct seq_file *m,
struct individual_sensor *s, int state, int error, char *loc);
struct individual_sensor *s, int state, int error, const char *loc);
static char *ppc_rtas_process_error(int error);
static void get_location_code(struct seq_file *m,
struct individual_sensor *s, char *loc);
static void check_location_string(struct seq_file *m, char *c);
static void check_location(struct seq_file *m, char *c);
struct individual_sensor *s, const char *loc);
static void check_location_string(struct seq_file *m, const char *c);
static void check_location(struct seq_file *m, const char *c);
static int __init proc_rtas_init(void)
{
@ -446,11 +446,11 @@ static int ppc_rtas_sensors_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
for (i=0; i<sensors.quant; i++) {
struct individual_sensor *p = &sensors.sensor[i];
char rstr[64];
char *loc;
const char *loc;
int llen, offs;
sprintf (rstr, SENSOR_PREFIX"%04d", p->token);
loc = (char *) get_property(rtas_node, rstr, &llen);
loc = get_property(rtas_node, rstr, &llen);
/* A sensor may have multiple instances */
for (j = 0, offs = 0; j <= p->quant; j++) {
@ -474,10 +474,10 @@ static int ppc_rtas_sensors_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
static int ppc_rtas_find_all_sensors(void)
{
unsigned int *utmp;
const unsigned int *utmp;
int len, i;
utmp = (unsigned int *) get_property(rtas_node, "rtas-sensors", &len);
utmp = get_property(rtas_node, "rtas-sensors", &len);
if (utmp == NULL) {
printk (KERN_ERR "error: could not get rtas-sensors\n");
return 1;
@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ static char *ppc_rtas_process_error(int error)
*/
static void ppc_rtas_process_sensor(struct seq_file *m,
struct individual_sensor *s, int state, int error, char *loc)
struct individual_sensor *s, int state, int error, const char *loc)
{
/* Defined return vales */
const char * key_switch[] = { "Off\t", "Normal\t", "Secure\t",
@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ static void ppc_rtas_process_sensor(struct seq_file *m,
/* ****************************************************************** */
static void check_location(struct seq_file *m, char *c)
static void check_location(struct seq_file *m, const char *c)
{
switch (c[0]) {
case LOC_PLANAR:
@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ static void check_location(struct seq_file *m, char *c)
* ${LETTER}${NUMBER}[[-/]${LETTER}${NUMBER} [ ... ] ]
* the '.' may be an abbrevation
*/
static void check_location_string(struct seq_file *m, char *c)
static void check_location_string(struct seq_file *m, const char *c)
{
while (*c) {
if (isalpha(*c) || *c == '.')
@ -733,7 +733,8 @@ static void check_location_string(struct seq_file *m, char *c)
/* ****************************************************************** */
static void get_location_code(struct seq_file *m, struct individual_sensor *s, char *loc)
static void get_location_code(struct seq_file *m, struct individual_sensor *s,
const char *loc)
{
if (!loc || !*loc) {
seq_printf(m, "---");/* does not have a location */

47
arch/powerpc/kernel/rtas.c
View file

@ -177,10 +177,12 @@ void __init udbg_init_rtas_console(void)
void rtas_progress(char *s, unsigned short hex)
{
struct device_node *root;
int width, *p;
int width;
const int *p;
char *os;
static int display_character, set_indicator;
static int display_width, display_lines, *row_width, form_feed;
static int display_width, display_lines, form_feed;
const static int *row_width;
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(progress_lock);
static int current_line;
static int pending_newline = 0; /* did last write end with unprinted newline? */
@ -191,16 +193,16 @@ void rtas_progress(char *s, unsigned short hex)
if (display_width == 0) {
display_width = 0x10;
if ((root = find_path_device("/rtas"))) {
if ((p = (unsigned int *)get_property(root,
if ((p = get_property(root,
"ibm,display-line-length", NULL)))
display_width = *p;
if ((p = (unsigned int *)get_property(root,
if ((p = get_property(root,
"ibm,form-feed", NULL)))
form_feed = *p;
if ((p = (unsigned int *)get_property(root,
if ((p = get_property(root,
"ibm,display-number-of-lines", NULL)))
display_lines = *p;
row_width = (unsigned int *)get_property(root,
row_width = get_property(root,
"ibm,display-truncation-length", NULL);
}
display_character = rtas_token("display-character");
@ -293,10 +295,10 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(rtas_progress); /* needed by rtas_flash module */
int rtas_token(const char *service)
{
int *tokp;
const int *tokp;
if (rtas.dev == NULL)
return RTAS_UNKNOWN_SERVICE;
tokp = (int *) get_property(rtas.dev, service, NULL);
tokp = get_property(rtas.dev, service, NULL);
return tokp ? *tokp : RTAS_UNKNOWN_SERVICE;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(rtas_token);
@ -626,6 +628,9 @@ void rtas_os_term(char *str)
{
int status;
if (panic_timeout)
return;
if (RTAS_UNKNOWN_SERVICE == rtas_token("ibm,os-term"))
return;
@ -687,15 +692,14 @@ static int rtas_ibm_suspend_me(struct rtas_args *args)
int i;
long state;
long rc;
unsigned long dummy;
unsigned long retbuf[PLPAR_HCALL_BUFSIZE];
struct rtas_suspend_me_data data;
/* Make sure the state is valid */
rc = plpar_hcall(H_VASI_STATE,
((u64)args->args[0] << 32) | args->args[1],
0, 0, 0,
&state, &dummy, &dummy);
rc = plpar_hcall(H_VASI_STATE, retbuf,
((u64)args->args[0] << 32) | args->args[1]);
state = retbuf[0];
if (rc) {
printk(KERN_ERR "rtas_ibm_suspend_me: vasi_state returned %ld\n",rc);
@ -845,15 +849,15 @@ void __init rtas_initialize(void)
*/
rtas.dev = of_find_node_by_name(NULL, "rtas");
if (rtas.dev) {
u32 *basep, *entryp;
u32 *sizep;
const u32 *basep, *entryp, *sizep;
basep = (u32 *)get_property(rtas.dev, "linux,rtas-base", NULL);
sizep = (u32 *)get_property(rtas.dev, "rtas-size", NULL);
basep = get_property(rtas.dev, "linux,rtas-base", NULL);
sizep = get_property(rtas.dev, "rtas-size", NULL);
if (basep != NULL && sizep != NULL) {
rtas.base = *basep;
rtas.size = *sizep;
entryp = (u32 *)get_property(rtas.dev, "linux,rtas-entry", NULL);
entryp = get_property(rtas.dev,
"linux,rtas-entry", NULL);
if (entryp == NULL) /* Ugh */
rtas.entry = rtas.base;
else
@ -909,6 +913,11 @@ int __init early_init_dt_scan_rtas(unsigned long node,
basep = of_get_flat_dt_prop(node, "get-term-char", NULL);
if (basep)
rtas_getchar_token = *basep;
if (rtas_putchar_token != RTAS_UNKNOWN_SERVICE &&
rtas_getchar_token != RTAS_UNKNOWN_SERVICE)
udbg_init_rtas_console();
#endif
/* break now */

28
arch/powerpc/kernel/rtas_pci.c
View file

@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static inline int config_access_valid(struct pci_dn *dn, int where)
static int of_device_available(struct device_node * dn)
{
char * status;
const char *status;
status = get_property(dn, "status", NULL);
@ -81,8 +81,7 @@ int rtas_read_config(struct pci_dn *pdn, int where, int size, u32 *val)
if (!config_access_valid(pdn, where))
return PCIBIOS_BAD_REGISTER_NUMBER;
addr = ((where & 0xf00) << 20) | (pdn->busno << 16) |
(pdn->devfn << 8) | (where & 0xff);
addr = rtas_config_addr(pdn->busno, pdn->devfn, where);
buid = pdn->phb->buid;
if (buid) {
ret = rtas_call(ibm_read_pci_config, 4, 2, &returnval,
@ -134,8 +133,7 @@ int rtas_write_config(struct pci_dn *pdn, int where, int size, u32 val)
if (!config_access_valid(pdn, where))
return PCIBIOS_BAD_REGISTER_NUMBER;
addr = ((where & 0xf00) << 20) | (pdn->busno << 16) |
(pdn->devfn << 8) | (where & 0xff);
addr = rtas_config_addr(pdn->busno, pdn->devfn, where);
buid = pdn->phb->buid;
if (buid) {
ret = rtas_call(ibm_write_pci_config, 5, 1, NULL, addr,
@ -178,7 +176,7 @@ struct pci_ops rtas_pci_ops = {
int is_python(struct device_node *dev)
{
char *model = (char *)get_property(dev, "model", NULL);
const char *model = get_property(dev, "model", NULL);
if (model && strstr(model, "Python"))
return 1;
@ -234,7 +232,7 @@ void __init init_pci_config_tokens (void)
unsigned long __devinit get_phb_buid (struct device_node *phb)
{
int addr_cells;
unsigned int *buid_vals;
const unsigned int *buid_vals;
unsigned int len;
unsigned long buid;
@ -247,7 +245,7 @@ unsigned long __devinit get_phb_buid (struct device_node *phb)
if (phb->parent->parent)
return 0;
buid_vals = (unsigned int *) get_property(phb, "reg", &len);
buid_vals = get_property(phb, "reg", &len);
if (buid_vals == NULL)
return 0;
@ -264,10 +262,10 @@ unsigned long __devinit get_phb_buid (struct device_node *phb)
static int phb_set_bus_ranges(struct device_node *dev,
struct pci_controller *phb)
{
int *bus_range;
const int *bus_range;
unsigned int len;
bus_range = (int *) get_property(dev, "bus-range", &len);
bus_range = get_property(dev, "bus-range", &len);
if (bus_range == NULL || len < 2 * sizeof(int)) {
return 1;
}
@ -325,15 +323,15 @@ unsigned long __init find_and_init_phbs(void)
* in chosen.
*/
if (of_chosen) {
int *prop;
const int *prop;
prop = (int *)get_property(of_chosen, "linux,pci-probe-only",
NULL);
prop = get_property(of_chosen,
"linux,pci-probe-only", NULL);
if (prop)
pci_probe_only = *prop;
prop = (int *)get_property(of_chosen,
"linux,pci-assign-all-buses", NULL);
prop = get_property(of_chosen,
"linux,pci-assign-all-buses", NULL);
if (prop)
pci_assign_all_buses = *prop;
}

32
arch/powerpc/kernel/setup-common.c
View file

@ -304,19 +304,21 @@ struct seq_operations cpuinfo_op = {
void __init check_for_initrd(void)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD
unsigned long *prop;
const unsigned int *prop;
int len;
DBG(" -> check_for_initrd()\n");
if (of_chosen) {
prop = (unsigned long *)get_property(of_chosen,
"linux,initrd-start", NULL);
prop = get_property(of_chosen, "linux,initrd-start", &len);
if (prop != NULL) {
initrd_start = (unsigned long)__va(*prop);
prop = (unsigned long *)get_property(of_chosen,
"linux,initrd-end", NULL);
initrd_start = (unsigned long)
__va(of_read_ulong(prop, len / 4));
prop = get_property(of_chosen,
"linux,initrd-end", &len);
if (prop != NULL) {
initrd_end = (unsigned long)__va(*prop);
initrd_end = (unsigned long)
__va(of_read_ulong(prop, len / 4));
initrd_below_start_ok = 1;
} else
initrd_start = 0;
@ -366,15 +368,14 @@ void __init smp_setup_cpu_maps(void)
int cpu = 0;
while ((dn = of_find_node_by_type(dn, "cpu")) && cpu < NR_CPUS) {
int *intserv;
const int *intserv;
int j, len = sizeof(u32), nthreads = 1;
intserv = (int *)get_property(dn, "ibm,ppc-interrupt-server#s",
&len);
intserv = get_property(dn, "ibm,ppc-interrupt-server#s", &len);
if (intserv)
nthreads = len / sizeof(int);
else {
intserv = (int *) get_property(dn, "reg", NULL);
intserv = get_property(dn, "reg", NULL);
if (!intserv)
intserv = &cpu; /* assume logical == phys */
}
@ -395,13 +396,12 @@ void __init smp_setup_cpu_maps(void)
if (machine_is(pseries) && firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_LPAR) &&
(dn = of_find_node_by_path("/rtas"))) {
int num_addr_cell, num_size_cell, maxcpus;
unsigned int *ireg;
const unsigned int *ireg;
num_addr_cell = prom_n_addr_cells(dn);
num_size_cell = prom_n_size_cells(dn);
ireg = (unsigned int *)
get_property(dn, "ibm,lrdr-capacity", NULL);
ireg = get_property(dn, "ibm,lrdr-capacity", NULL);
if (!ireg)
goto out;
@ -444,6 +444,8 @@ void __init smp_setup_cpu_maps(void)
int __initdata do_early_xmon;
#ifdef CONFIG_XMON
extern int xmon_no_auto_backtrace;
static int __init early_xmon(char *p)
{
/* ensure xmon is enabled */
@ -452,6 +454,8 @@ static int __init early_xmon(char *p)
xmon_init(1);
if (strncmp(p, "off", 3) == 0)
xmon_init(0);
if (strncmp(p, "nobt", 4) == 0)
xmon_no_auto_backtrace = 1;
if (strncmp(p, "early", 5) != 0)
return 0;
}

23
arch/powerpc/kernel/setup_64.c
View file

@ -56,7 +56,6 @@
#include <asm/page.h>
#include <asm/mmu.h>
#include <asm/lmb.h>
#include <asm/iseries/it_lp_naca.h>
#include <asm/firmware.h>
#include <asm/xmon.h>
#include <asm/udbg.h>
@ -79,10 +78,10 @@ u64 ppc64_pft_size;
* before we've read this from the device tree.
*/
struct ppc64_caches ppc64_caches = {
.dline_size = 0x80,
.log_dline_size = 7,
.iline_size = 0x80,
.log_iline_size = 7
.dline_size = 0x40,
.log_dline_size = 6,
.iline_size = 0x40,
.log_iline_size = 6
};
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(ppc64_caches);
@ -107,7 +106,7 @@ static int smt_enabled_cmdline;
static void check_smt_enabled(void)
{
struct device_node *dn;
char *smt_option;
const char *smt_option;
/* Allow the command line to overrule the OF option */
if (smt_enabled_cmdline)
@ -116,7 +115,7 @@ static void check_smt_enabled(void)
dn = of_find_node_by_path("/options");
if (dn) {
smt_option = (char *)get_property(dn, "ibm,smt-enabled", NULL);
smt_option = get_property(dn, "ibm,smt-enabled", NULL);
if (smt_option) {
if (!strcmp(smt_option, "on"))
@ -293,7 +292,7 @@ static void __init initialize_cache_info(void)
*/
if ( num_cpus == 1 ) {
u32 *sizep, *lsizep;
const u32 *sizep, *lsizep;
u32 size, lsize;
const char *dc, *ic;
@ -308,10 +307,10 @@ static void __init initialize_cache_info(void)
size = 0;
lsize = cur_cpu_spec->dcache_bsize;
sizep = (u32 *)get_property(np, "d-cache-size", NULL);
sizep = get_property(np, "d-cache-size", NULL);
if (sizep != NULL)
size = *sizep;
lsizep = (u32 *) get_property(np, dc, NULL);
lsizep = get_property(np, dc, NULL);
if (lsizep != NULL)
lsize = *lsizep;
if (sizep == 0 || lsizep == 0)
@ -325,10 +324,10 @@ static void __init initialize_cache_info(void)
size = 0;
lsize = cur_cpu_spec->icache_bsize;
sizep = (u32 *)get_property(np, "i-cache-size", NULL);
sizep = get_property(np, "i-cache-size", NULL);
if (sizep != NULL)
size = *sizep;
lsizep = (u32 *)get_property(np, ic, NULL);
lsizep = get_property(np, ic, NULL);
if (lsizep != NULL)
lsize = *lsizep;
if (sizep == 0 || lsizep == 0)

9
arch/powerpc/kernel/sysfs.c
View file

@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ static int smt_snooze_cmdline;
static int __init smt_setup(void)
{
struct device_node *options;
unsigned int *val;
const unsigned int *val;
unsigned int cpu;
if (!cpu_has_feature(CPU_FTR_SMT))
@ -70,8 +70,7 @@ static int __init smt_setup(void)
if (!options)
return -ENODEV;
val = (unsigned int *)get_property(options, "ibm,smt-snooze-delay",
NULL);
val = get_property(options, "ibm,smt-snooze-delay", NULL);
if (!smt_snooze_cmdline && val) {
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu)
per_cpu(smt_snooze_delay, cpu) = *val;
@ -231,7 +230,7 @@ static void register_cpu_online(unsigned int cpu)
if (cur_cpu_spec->num_pmcs >= 8)
sysdev_create_file(s, &attr_pmc8);
if (cpu_has_feature(CPU_FTR_SMT))
if (cpu_has_feature(CPU_FTR_PURR))
sysdev_create_file(s, &attr_purr);
}
@ -273,7 +272,7 @@ static void unregister_cpu_online(unsigned int cpu)
if (cur_cpu_spec->num_pmcs >= 8)
sysdev_remove_file(s, &attr_pmc8);
if (cpu_has_feature(CPU_FTR_SMT))
if (cpu_has_feature(CPU_FTR_PURR))
sysdev_remove_file(s, &attr_purr);
}
#endif /* CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU */

8
arch/powerpc/kernel/time.c
View file

@ -860,19 +860,17 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(do_settimeofday);
static int __init get_freq(char *name, int cells, unsigned long *val)
{
struct device_node *cpu;
unsigned int *fp;
const unsigned int *fp;
int found = 0;
/* The cpu node should have timebase and clock frequency properties */
cpu = of_find_node_by_type(NULL, "cpu");
if (cpu) {
fp = (unsigned int *)get_property(cpu, name, NULL);
fp = get_property(cpu, name, NULL);
if (fp) {
found = 1;
*val = 0;
while (cells--)
*val = (*val << 32) | *fp++;
*val = of_read_ulong(fp, cells);
}
of_node_put(cpu);

25
arch/powerpc/kernel/traps.c
View file

@ -598,6 +598,9 @@ static void parse_fpe(struct pt_regs *regs)
#define INST_STSWI 0x7c0005aa
#define INST_STSWX 0x7c00052a
#define INST_POPCNTB 0x7c0000f4
#define INST_POPCNTB_MASK 0xfc0007fe
static int emulate_string_inst(struct pt_regs *regs, u32 instword)
{
u8 rT = (instword >> 21) & 0x1f;
@ -666,6 +669,23 @@ static int emulate_string_inst(struct pt_regs *regs, u32 instword)
return 0;
}
static int emulate_popcntb_inst(struct pt_regs *regs, u32 instword)
{
u32 ra,rs;
unsigned long tmp;
ra = (instword >> 16) & 0x1f;
rs = (instword >> 21) & 0x1f;
tmp = regs->gpr[rs];
tmp = tmp - ((tmp >> 1) & 0x5555555555555555ULL);
tmp = (tmp & 0x3333333333333333ULL) + ((tmp >> 2) & 0x3333333333333333ULL);
tmp = (tmp + (tmp >> 4)) & 0x0f0f0f0f0f0f0f0fULL;
regs->gpr[ra] = tmp;
return 0;
}
static int emulate_instruction(struct pt_regs *regs)
{
u32 instword;
@ -703,6 +723,11 @@ static int emulate_instruction(struct pt_regs *regs)
if ((instword & INST_STRING_GEN_MASK) == INST_STRING)
return emulate_string_inst(regs, instword);
/* Emulate the popcntb (Population Count Bytes) instruction. */
if ((instword & INST_POPCNTB_MASK) == INST_POPCNTB) {
return emulate_popcntb_inst(regs, instword);
}
return -EINVAL;
}

16
arch/powerpc/kernel/vio.c
View file

@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ static struct iommu_table *vio_build_iommu_table(struct vio_dev *dev)
} else
#endif
{
unsigned char *dma_window;
const unsigned char *dma_window;
struct iommu_table *tbl;
unsigned long offset, size;
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ static void __devinit vio_dev_release(struct device *dev)
struct vio_dev * __devinit vio_register_device_node(struct device_node *of_node)
{
struct vio_dev *viodev;
unsigned int *unit_address;
const unsigned int *unit_address;
/* we need the 'device_type' property, in order to match with drivers */
if (of_node->type == NULL) {
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ struct vio_dev * __devinit vio_register_device_node(struct device_node *of_node)
return NULL;
}
unit_address = (unsigned int *)get_property(of_node, "reg", NULL);
unit_address = get_property(of_node, "reg", NULL);
if (unit_address == NULL) {
printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: node %s missing 'reg'\n",
__FUNCTION__,
@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ struct vio_dev * __devinit vio_register_device_node(struct device_node *of_node)
viodev->type = of_node->type;
viodev->unit_address = *unit_address;
if (firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES)) {
unit_address = (unsigned int *)get_property(of_node,
unit_address = get_property(of_node,
"linux,unit_address", NULL);
if (unit_address != NULL)
viodev->unit_address = *unit_address;
@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ static int vio_hotplug(struct device *dev, char **envp, int num_envp,
{
const struct vio_dev *vio_dev = to_vio_dev(dev);
struct device_node *dn = dev->platform_data;
char *cp;
const char *cp;
int length;
if (!num_envp)
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ static int vio_hotplug(struct device *dev, char **envp, int num_envp,
if (!dn)
return -ENODEV;
cp = (char *)get_property(dn, "compatible", &length);
cp = get_property(dn, "compatible", &length);
if (!cp)
return -ENODEV;
@ -493,11 +493,11 @@ static struct vio_dev *vio_find_name(const char *kobj_name)
*/
struct vio_dev *vio_find_node(struct device_node *vnode)
{
uint32_t *unit_address;
const uint32_t *unit_address;
char kobj_name[BUS_ID_SIZE];
/* construct the kobject name from the device node */
unit_address = (uint32_t *)get_property(vnode, "reg", NULL);
unit_address = get_property(vnode, "reg", NULL);
if (!unit_address)
return NULL;
snprintf(kobj_name, BUS_ID_SIZE, "%x", *unit_address);

1
arch/powerpc/lib/Makefile
View file

@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ endif
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC64) += checksum_64.o copypage_64.o copyuser_64.o \
memcpy_64.o usercopy_64.o mem_64.o string.o \
strcase.o
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC_ISERIES) += e2a.o
obj-$(CONFIG_XMON) += sstep.o
ifeq ($(CONFIG_PPC64),y)

116
arch/powerpc/lib/e2a.c
View file

@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
/*
* EBCDIC to ASCII conversion
*
* This function moved here from arch/powerpc/platforms/iseries/viopath.c
*
* (C) Copyright 2000-2004 IBM Corporation
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
* License, or (at your option) anyu later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
* WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*
*/
#include <linux/module.h>
unsigned char e2a(unsigned char x)
{
switch (x) {
case 0xF0:
return '0';
case 0xF1:
return '1';
case 0xF2:
return '2';
case 0xF3:
return '3';
case 0xF4:
return '4';
case 0xF5:
return '5';
case 0xF6:
return '6';
case 0xF7:
return '7';
case 0xF8:
return '8';
case 0xF9:
return '9';
case 0xC1:
return 'A';
case 0xC2:
return 'B';
case 0xC3:
return 'C';
case 0xC4:
return 'D';
case 0xC5:
return 'E';
case 0xC6:
return 'F';
case 0xC7:
return 'G';
case 0xC8:
return 'H';
case 0xC9:
return 'I';
case 0xD1:
return 'J';
case 0xD2:
return 'K';
case 0xD3:
return 'L';
case 0xD4:
return 'M';
case 0xD5:
return 'N';
case 0xD6:
return 'O';
case 0xD7:
return 'P';
case 0xD8:
return 'Q';
case 0xD9:
return 'R';
case 0xE2:
return 'S';
case 0xE3:
return 'T';
case 0xE4:
return 'U';
case 0xE5:
return 'V';
case 0xE6:
return 'W';
case 0xE7:
return 'X';
case 0xE8:
return 'Y';
case 0xE9:
return 'Z';
}
return ' ';
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(e2a);
unsigned char* strne2a(unsigned char *dest, const unsigned char *src, size_t n)
{
int i;
n = strnlen(src, n);
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
dest[i] = e2a(src[i]);
return dest;
}

27
arch/powerpc/lib/locks.c
View file

@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
#include <asm/hvcall.h>
#include <asm/iseries/hv_call.h>
#include <asm/smp.h>
#include <asm/firmware.h>
void __spin_yield(raw_spinlock_t *lock)
{
@ -39,13 +40,12 @@ void __spin_yield(raw_spinlock_t *lock)
rmb();
if (lock->slock != lock_value)
return; /* something has changed */
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_ISERIES
HvCall2(HvCallBaseYieldProcessor, HvCall_YieldToProc,
((u64)holder_cpu << 32) | yield_count);
#else
plpar_hcall_norets(H_CONFER, get_hard_smp_processor_id(holder_cpu),
yield_count);
#endif
if (firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES))
HvCall2(HvCallBaseYieldProcessor, HvCall_YieldToProc,
((u64)holder_cpu << 32) | yield_count);
else
plpar_hcall_norets(H_CONFER,
get_hard_smp_processor_id(holder_cpu), yield_count);
}
/*
@ -69,13 +69,12 @@ void __rw_yield(raw_rwlock_t *rw)
rmb();
if (rw->lock != lock_value)
return; /* something has changed */
#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_ISERIES
HvCall2(HvCallBaseYieldProcessor, HvCall_YieldToProc,
((u64)holder_cpu << 32) | yield_count);
#else
plpar_hcall_norets(H_CONFER, get_hard_smp_processor_id(holder_cpu),
yield_count);
#endif
if (firmware_has_feature(FW_FEATURE_ISERIES))
HvCall2(HvCallBaseYieldProcessor, HvCall_YieldToProc,
((u64)holder_cpu << 32) | yield_count);
else
plpar_hcall_norets(H_CONFER,
get_hard_smp_processor_id(holder_cpu), yield_count);
}
#endif

31
arch/powerpc/mm/numa.c
View file

@ -159,12 +159,12 @@ static struct device_node * __cpuinit find_cpu_node(unsigned int cpu)
{
unsigned int hw_cpuid = get_hard_smp_processor_id(cpu);
struct device_node *cpu_node = NULL;
unsigned int *interrupt_server, *reg;
const unsigned int *interrupt_server, *reg;
int len;
while ((cpu_node = of_find_node_by_type(cpu_node, "cpu")) != NULL) {
/* Try interrupt server first */
interrupt_server = (unsigned int *)get_property(cpu_node,
interrupt_server = get_property(cpu_node,
"ibm,ppc-interrupt-server#s", &len);
len = len / sizeof(u32);
@ -175,8 +175,7 @@ static struct device_node * __cpuinit find_cpu_node(unsigned int cpu)
return cpu_node;
}
} else {
reg = (unsigned int *)get_property(cpu_node,
"reg", &len);
reg = get_property(cpu_node, "reg", &len);
if (reg && (len > 0) && (reg[0] == hw_cpuid))
return cpu_node;
}
@ -186,9 +185,9 @@ static struct device_node * __cpuinit find_cpu_node(unsigned int cpu)
}
/* must hold reference to node during call */
static int *of_get_associativity(struct device_node *dev)
static const int *of_get_associativity(struct device_node *dev)
{
return (unsigned int *)get_property(dev, "ibm,associativity", NULL);
return get_property(dev, "ibm,associativity", NULL);
}
/* Returns nid in the range [0..MAX_NUMNODES-1], or -1 if no useful numa
@ -197,7 +196,7 @@ static int *of_get_associativity(struct device_node *dev)
static int of_node_to_nid_single(struct device_node *device)
{
int nid = -1;
unsigned int *tmp;
const unsigned int *tmp;
if (min_common_depth == -1)
goto out;
@ -255,7 +254,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(of_node_to_nid);
static int __init find_min_common_depth(void)
{
int depth;
unsigned int *ref_points;
const unsigned int *ref_points;
struct device_node *rtas_root;
unsigned int len;
@ -270,7 +269,7 @@ static int __init find_min_common_depth(void)
* configuration (should be all 0's) and the second is for a normal
* NUMA configuration.
*/
ref_points = (unsigned int *)get_property(rtas_root,
ref_points = get_property(rtas_root,
"ibm,associativity-reference-points", &len);
if ((len >= 1) && ref_points) {
@ -297,7 +296,7 @@ static void __init get_n_mem_cells(int *n_addr_cells, int *n_size_cells)
of_node_put(memory);
}
static unsigned long __devinit read_n_cells(int n, unsigned int **buf)
static unsigned long __devinit read_n_cells(int n, const unsigned int **buf)
{
unsigned long result = 0;
@ -435,15 +434,13 @@ static int __init parse_numa_properties(void)
unsigned long size;
int nid;
int ranges;
unsigned int *memcell_buf;
const unsigned int *memcell_buf;
unsigned int len;
memcell_buf = (unsigned int *)get_property(memory,
memcell_buf = get_property(memory,
"linux,usable-memory", &len);
if (!memcell_buf || len <= 0)
memcell_buf =
(unsigned int *)get_property(memory, "reg",
&len);
memcell_buf = get_property(memory, "reg", &len);
if (!memcell_buf || len <= 0)
continue;
@ -787,10 +784,10 @@ int hot_add_scn_to_nid(unsigned long scn_addr)
while ((memory = of_find_node_by_type(memory, "memory")) != NULL) {
unsigned long start, size;
int ranges;
unsigned int *memcell_buf;
const unsigned int *memcell_buf;
unsigned int len;
memcell_buf = (unsigned int *)get_property(memory, "reg", &len);
memcell_buf = get_property(memory, "reg", &len);
if (!memcell_buf || len <= 0)
continue;

37
arch/powerpc/mm/slb.c
View file

@ -22,6 +22,8 @@
#include <asm/paca.h>
#include <asm/cputable.h>
#include <asm/cacheflush.h>
#include <asm/smp.h>
#include <linux/compiler.h>
#ifdef DEBUG
#define DBG(fmt...) udbg_printf(fmt)
@ -50,9 +52,32 @@ static inline unsigned long mk_vsid_data(unsigned long ea, unsigned long flags)
return (get_kernel_vsid(ea) << SLB_VSID_SHIFT) | flags;
}
static inline void create_slbe(unsigned long ea, unsigned long flags,
unsigned long entry)
static inline void slb_shadow_update(unsigned long esid, unsigned long vsid,
unsigned long entry)
{
/*
* Clear the ESID first so the entry is not valid while we are
* updating it.
*/
get_slb_shadow()->save_area[entry].esid = 0;
barrier();
get_slb_shadow()->save_area[entry].vsid = vsid;
barrier();
get_slb_shadow()->save_area[entry].esid = esid;
}
static inline void create_shadowed_slbe(unsigned long ea, unsigned long flags,
unsigned long entry)
{
/*
* Updating the shadow buffer before writing the SLB ensures
* we don't get a stale entry here if we get preempted by PHYP
* between these two statements.
*/
slb_shadow_update(mk_esid_data(ea, entry), mk_vsid_data(ea, flags),
entry);
asm volatile("slbmte %0,%1" :
: "r" (mk_vsid_data(ea, flags)),
"r" (mk_esid_data(ea, entry))
@ -77,6 +102,10 @@ void slb_flush_and_rebolt(void)
if ((ksp_esid_data & ESID_MASK) == PAGE_OFFSET)
ksp_esid_data &= ~SLB_ESID_V;
/* Only third entry (stack) may change here so only resave that */
slb_shadow_update(ksp_esid_data,
mk_vsid_data(ksp_esid_data, lflags), 2);
/* We need to do this all in asm, so we're sure we don't touch
* the stack between the slbia and rebolting it. */
asm volatile("isync\n"
@ -209,9 +238,9 @@ void slb_initialize(void)
asm volatile("isync":::"memory");
asm volatile("slbmte %0,%0"::"r" (0) : "memory");
asm volatile("isync; slbia; isync":::"memory");
create_slbe(PAGE_OFFSET, lflags, 0);
create_shadowed_slbe(PAGE_OFFSET, lflags, 0);
create_slbe(VMALLOC_START, vflags, 1);
create_shadowed_slbe(VMALLOC_START, vflags, 1);
/* We don't bolt the stack for the time being - we're in boot,
* so the stack is in the bolted segment. By the time it goes

1
arch/powerpc/mm/tlb_64.c
View file

@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ void hpte_update(struct mm_struct *mm, unsigned long addr,
psize = mmu_huge_psize;
#else
BUG();
psize = pte_pagesize_index(pte); /* shutup gcc */
#endif
} else
psize = pte_pagesize_index(pte);

4
arch/powerpc/platforms/83xx/mpc834x_itx.c
View file

@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ static void __init mpc834x_itx_setup_arch(void)
np = of_find_node_by_type(NULL, "cpu");
if (np != 0) {
unsigned int *fp =
(int *)get_property(np, "clock-frequency", NULL);
const unsigned int *fp =
get_property(np, "clock-frequency", NULL);
if (fp != 0)
loops_per_jiffy = *fp / HZ;
else

4
arch/powerpc/platforms/83xx/mpc834x_sys.c
View file

@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ static void __init mpc834x_sys_setup_arch(void)
np = of_find_node_by_type(NULL, "cpu");
if (np != 0) {
unsigned int *fp =
(int *)get_property(np, "clock-frequency", NULL);
const unsigned int *fp =
get_property(np, "clock-frequency", NULL);
if (fp != 0)
loops_per_jiffy = *fp / HZ;
else

4
arch/powerpc/platforms/83xx/pci.c
View file

@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ int __init add_bridge(struct device_node *dev)
int len;
struct pci_controller *hose;
struct resource rsrc;
int *bus_range;
const int *bus_range;
int primary = 1, has_address = 0;
phys_addr_t immr = get_immrbase();
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ int __init add_bridge(struct device_node *dev)
has_address = (of_address_to_resource(dev, 0, &rsrc) == 0);
/* Get bus range if any */
bus_range = (int *)get_property(dev, "bus-range", &len);
bus_range = get_property(dev, "bus-range", &len);
if (bus_range == NULL || len < 2 * sizeof(int)) {
printk(KERN_WARNING "Can't get bus-range for %s, assume"
" bus 0\n", dev->full_name);

4
arch/powerpc/platforms/85xx/mpc85xx_ads.c
View file

@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ static void __init mpc85xx_ads_setup_arch(void)
cpu = of_find_node_by_type(NULL, "cpu");
if (cpu != 0) {
unsigned int *fp;
const unsigned int *fp;
fp = (int *)get_property(cpu, "clock-frequency", NULL);
fp = get_property(cpu, "clock-frequency", NULL);
if (fp != 0)
loops_per_jiffy = *fp / HZ;
else

4
arch/powerpc/platforms/85xx/mpc85xx_cds.c
View file

@ -241,9 +241,9 @@ mpc85xx_cds_setup_arch(void)
cpu = of_find_node_by_type(NULL, "cpu");
if (cpu != 0) {
unsigned int *fp;
const unsigned int *fp;
fp = (int *)get_property(cpu, "clock-frequency", NULL);
fp = get_property(cpu, "clock-frequency", NULL);
if (fp != 0)
loops_per_jiffy = *fp / HZ;
else

4
arch/powerpc/platforms/85xx/pci.c
View file

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ int __init add_bridge(struct device_node *dev)
int len;
struct pci_controller *hose;
struct resource rsrc;
int *bus_range;
const int *bus_range;
int primary = 1, has_address = 0;
phys_addr_t immr = get_immrbase();
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ int __init add_bridge(struct device_node *dev)
has_address = (of_address_to_resource(dev, 0, &rsrc) == 0);
/* Get bus range if any */
bus_range = (int *) get_property(dev, "bus-range", &len);
bus_range = get_property(dev, "bus-range", &len);
if (bus_range == NULL || len < 2 * sizeof(int)) {
printk(KERN_WARNING "Can't get bus-range for %s, assume"
" bus 0\n", dev->full_name);

4
arch/powerpc/platforms/86xx/mpc86xx_hpcn.c
View file

@ -347,9 +347,9 @@ mpc86xx_hpcn_setup_arch(void)
np = of_find_node_by_type(NULL, "cpu");
if (np != 0) {
unsigned int *fp;
const unsigned int *fp;
fp = (int *)get_property(np, "clock-frequency", NULL);
fp = get_property(np, "clock-frequency", NULL);
if (fp != 0)
loops_per_jiffy = *fp / HZ;
else

4
arch/powerpc/platforms/86xx/pci.c
View file

@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ int __init add_bridge(struct device_node *dev)
int len;
struct pci_controller *hose;
struct resource rsrc;
int *bus_range;
const int *bus_range;
int has_address = 0;
int primary = 0;
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ int __init add_bridge(struct device_node *dev)
has_address = (of_address_to_resource(dev, 0, &rsrc) == 0);
/* Get bus range if any */
bus_range = (int *) get_property(dev, "bus-range", &len);
bus_range = get_property(dev, "bus-range", &len);
if (bus_range == NULL || len < 2 * sizeof(int))
printk(KERN_WARNING "Can't get bus-range for %s, assume"
" bus 0\n", dev->full_name);

1
arch/powerpc/platforms/Makefile
View file

@ -13,5 +13,6 @@ obj-$(CONFIG_PPC_86xx) += 86xx/
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC_PSERIES) += pseries/
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC_ISERIES) += iseries/
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC_MAPLE) += maple/
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC_PASEMI) += pasemi/
obj-$(CONFIG_PPC_CELL) += cell/
obj-$(CONFIG_EMBEDDED6xx) += embedded6xx/

8
arch/powerpc/platforms/cell/cbe_regs.c
View file

@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ void __init cbe_regs_init(void)
struct cbe_regs_map *map = &cbe_regs_maps[cbe_regs_map_count++];
/* That hack must die die die ! */
struct address_prop {
const struct address_prop {
unsigned long address;
unsigned int len;
} __attribute__((packed)) *prop;
@ -114,13 +114,11 @@ void __init cbe_regs_init(void)
if (cbe_thread_map[i].cpu_node == cpu)
cbe_thread_map[i].regs = map;
prop = (struct address_prop *)get_property(cpu, "pervasive",
NULL);
prop = get_property(cpu, "pervasive", NULL);
if (prop != NULL)
map->pmd_regs = ioremap(prop->address, prop->len);
prop = (struct address_prop *)get_property(cpu, "iic",
NULL);
prop = get_property(cpu, "iic", NULL);
if (prop != NULL)
map->iic_regs = ioremap(prop->address, prop->len);
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more